WO2025162190A1 - Pull rod mechanism, frame assembly, seat fixing mechanism and cart - Google Patents

Pull rod mechanism, frame assembly, seat fixing mechanism and cart

Info

Publication number
WO2025162190A1
WO2025162190A1 PCT/CN2025/074393 CN2025074393W WO2025162190A1 WO 2025162190 A1 WO2025162190 A1 WO 2025162190A1 CN 2025074393 W CN2025074393 W CN 2025074393W WO 2025162190 A1 WO2025162190 A1 WO 2025162190A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seat
pivot
pull rod
engaging
hole
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/074393
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱万权
郭征文
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Wonderland Switzerland AG
China Wonderland Nurserygoods Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Wonderland Switzerland AG
China Wonderland Nurserygoods Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Wonderland Switzerland AG, China Wonderland Nurserygoods Co Ltd filed Critical Wonderland Switzerland AG
Publication of WO2025162190A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025162190A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62BHAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
    • B62B7/00Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators
    • B62B7/04Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor
    • B62B7/06Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor collapsible or foldable
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62BHAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
    • B62B7/00Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators
    • B62B7/04Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor
    • B62B7/06Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor collapsible or foldable
    • B62B7/08Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor collapsible or foldable in the direction of, or at right angles to, the wheel axis
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62BHAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
    • B62B7/00Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators
    • B62B7/04Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor
    • B62B7/14Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor with detachable or rotatably-mounted body
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62BHAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
    • B62B9/00Accessories or details specially adapted for children's carriages or perambulators
    • B62B9/10Perambulator bodies; Equipment therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62BHAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
    • B62B9/00Accessories or details specially adapted for children's carriages or perambulators
    • B62B9/20Handle bars; Handles

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of baby carriages, and in particular to a pull rod mechanism, a carriage frame, a seat fixing mechanism and a stroller.
  • Strollers such as campers and child strollers
  • Strollers are popular among consumers because they can accommodate infants and young children while also carrying items.
  • strollers on the market often have the problem of being unable to fold or being inconvenient to fold.
  • strollers are generally provided with a pull rod to facilitate users to pull the stroller.
  • the pull rods of strollers currently on the market are not convenient for users to operate, and it is necessary to design a new pull rod mechanism and a stroller with the same.
  • strollers can generally be equipped with seat devices such as safety seats and carry baskets for children to sit on.
  • the seat fixing mechanisms in strollers currently on the market have complex structures, and the seat fixing mechanisms cannot be folded when the seat device is not installed, which in turn affects the use and folding of the stroller.
  • a bicycle frame comprising: a chassis; a front foot bar, the lower end of which is pivotally connected to the chassis; a rear foot bar, the lower end of which is pivotally connected to the chassis; and a rider, the lower end of the rider is pivotally connected to the upper end of the front foot bar, and the upper end of the rear foot bar is pivotally connected to the rider; when the bicycle frame switches from an expanded state to a folded state, the rider pivots relative to the front foot bar, and drives the front foot bar and the rear foot bar to pivot relative to the chassis, so that the rider, the front foot bar and the rear foot bar are folded toward the chassis.
  • the frame When the frame according to the embodiment of the present application is folded, the frame can be folded quickly and easily by the rider simply pushing it.
  • the rider and the rear leg bar pivot toward the front of the frame, and the front leg bar pivots toward the rear of the frame.
  • the angle between the rider and the rear foot bar gradually decreases.
  • the frame further includes: a locking joint connected to the lower end of the rider and the upper end of the front foot bar, the locking joint being configured to lock the rider and the front foot bar to prevent the rider and the front foot bar from pivoting relative to each other; and a releasing mechanism provided on the rider, the releasing mechanism being configured to release the locking of the rider and the front foot bar by the locking joint to allow the rider and the front foot bar to pivot relative to each other.
  • the locking joint includes: a first connecting seat, the upper end of which is connected to the rider; a second connecting seat, the lower end of which is connected to the front foot rod, and the second connecting seat is pivotally connected to the first connecting seat; and a locking member, which is arranged in the first connecting seat and has a locking position, in which the locking member locks the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat to prevent relative pivoting of the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat.
  • the release mechanism includes: a release operating member, which is arranged on the rider and is operably connected to the locking member, and the release operating member is configured to drive the locking member to slide to a release position to release the locking member from locking the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat, allowing the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat to pivot relative to each other.
  • the locking joint further comprises: a first reduction member fixed in the first connecting seat and abutting against the locking member, wherein the first reduction member is configured to cause the locking member to have a movement tendency of sliding to a locking position.
  • the release mechanism further includes: a first connecting member, one end of the first connecting member is connected to the release operating member, the other end of the first connecting member is connected to the locking member, and the release operating member drives the locking member to slide to the release position through the first connecting member.
  • a first locking groove and a first locking protrusion are formed at one end of the second connecting base, and a second locking protrusion and a second locking groove are formed at one end of the locking member.
  • the frame further comprises a support bracket pivotally connected to the locking joint.
  • the bicycle frame further comprises a linkage rod, one end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the support frame, and the other end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the rear leg lever.
  • a pivot point between the rear leg lever and the rider is located on the rider's side facing inwardly of the bicycle frame, and a projection of a pivot path of the rear leg lever in the height direction does not overlap with a projection of a pivot path of the front leg lever and/or the rider in the height direction.
  • the linkage rod pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame
  • the rear leg rod pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame
  • the angle between the linkage rod and the rear leg rod gradually increases.
  • the frame further includes a support frame pivotally connected to the rider.
  • the bicycle frame further comprises a linkage rod, one end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the support frame, and the other end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the front leg rod.
  • a pivot point between the rear leg rod and the rider is located below the rider in the height direction, and a projection of the rear leg rod's pivot path in the height direction at least partially overlaps with the pivot path of the front leg rod and/or the rider's projection in the height direction.
  • the linkage rod pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame
  • the rear leg rod pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame
  • the angle between the linkage rod and the rear leg rod gradually increases.
  • the chassis includes: two first rods, the first rods extending roughly along the length direction, and the first rods are formed with a first curved portion protruding toward the interior of the frame to form a first avoidance space.
  • the frame is in a folded state, at least a portion of the front leg rod is located in the first avoidance space.
  • a second curved portion is formed on the rear foot bar and protrudes toward the rear of the frame to form a second escape space.
  • the frame is in the folded state, at least a portion of the rider is located in the second escape space.
  • the chassis further comprises: two second rods, the second rods extending generally along the width direction.
  • the two first rods and the two second rods form a generally rectangular structure.
  • a second reinforcing rod is disposed between the two first rods, with both ends of the second reinforcing rod respectively connected to the first bent portions of the two first rods.
  • the chassis includes: two first rods, the first rods extending substantially along a length direction; two second rods extending substantially along a width direction; and at least one first reinforcing rod disposed between the two first rods.
  • a stroller comprising a frame according to at least one of the aforementioned embodiments.
  • the stroller frame can be easily and quickly folded by the rider simply by pushing it.
  • a pull rod mechanism comprising: a third connecting seat; a rotating portion connected to the third connecting seat and capable of pivoting relative to the third connecting seat between a first pivot position and a second pivot position; a pull rod, one end of which is connected to the rotating portion.
  • the pull rod pivots to an upright position
  • the pull rod pivots to a lying position
  • a first positioning member disposed between the third connecting seat and the rotating portion, the first positioning member being configured to limit pivoting of the rotating portion.
  • the pull rod mechanism can be easily adjusted and positioned for use, thereby realizing adjustment of the use angle of the pull rod, and is easy to operate and has wide applicability.
  • the first positioning member is a damping plate, and the damping plate is clamped between the rotating portion and the third connecting seat.
  • one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivoting space, at least a portion of the rotating portion is accommodated in the pivoting space, and the damping sheet is clamped between the rotating portion and a side wall of the pivoting space.
  • the pivot space includes two oppositely arranged side walls, at least a portion of the rotating part is located between the two side walls of the pivot space, and the first positioning member includes two damping plates, which are respectively clamped between the two side walls of the pivot space and the rotating part.
  • the first positioning member includes: a positioning recess, which is provided in one of the rotating part and the third connecting seat; and a positioning protrusion, which is provided in the other of the rotating part and the third connecting seat.
  • a positioning recess which is provided in one of the rotating part and the third connecting seat
  • a positioning protrusion which is provided in the other of the rotating part and the third connecting seat.
  • one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivot space, at least a portion of the rotating part is accommodated in the pivot space, and the inner surface of at least one side wall of the pivot space faces at least one surface of the rotating part; the surface of the rotating part and one of the side walls of the pivot space are provided with at least one elastic finger, and the surface of the rotating part and the other side wall of the pivot space are provided with multiple positioning recesses, and the positioning protrusion is provided on the side of the elastic finger facing the positioning recess, and the positioning protrusion is engaged with one of the multiple positioning recesses to position the pull rod at one of the multiple pivot angles.
  • one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivot space, at least a portion of the rotating part is accommodated in the pivot space, and a limiting groove is provided on the inner wall of the pivot space of the third connecting seat; the rotating part is provided with a limiting protrusion, and the limiting protrusion slides in the limiting groove as the rotating part pivots, wherein, when the rotating part pivots from the first pivot position to the second pivot position, the limiting protrusion abuts against the side wall of the limiting groove to limit the rotating part from continuing to pivot.
  • the pull rod mechanism also includes: a sliding rail, the third connecting seat is connected to the sliding rail and can slide along the sliding rail between a first sliding position and a second sliding position; when the third connecting seat slides to the first sliding position, the pull rod slides to the extended position; when the third connecting seat slides to the second sliding position, the pull rod slides to the storage position.
  • the pull rod mechanism further includes: a locking device, which is provided on the third connecting seat and the slide rail, and the locking device is used to lock the third connecting seat in the first sliding position and/or the second sliding position.
  • the third connecting seat is provided with a first through hole that can be slidably mounted on the slide rail
  • the locking device includes: a second through hole, which is provided on the side wall of the first through hole; a second positioning hole, which is provided in the part of the slide rail corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting seat; a second positioning member, which is provided in the slide rail, and at least a portion of the second positioning member can slide in the second positioning hole to retract and protrude from the second positioning hole; when the third connecting seat slides to the first sliding position, at least a portion of the second positioning member protrudes from the second positioning hole and enters the second through hole to lock the third connecting seat in the first sliding position.
  • the third connecting seat is provided with a first through hole that can be slidably mounted on the slide rail
  • the locking device includes: a second through hole, which is provided on the side wall of the first through hole; a third positioning hole, which is provided in the part of the slide rail corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connecting seat; a third positioning member, which is provided in the slide rail, and at least a portion of the third positioning member is slidable in the third positioning hole to retract and protrude the third positioning hole; when the third connecting seat slides to the second sliding position, at least a portion of the third positioning member protrudes from the third positioning hole and enters the second through hole to lock the third connecting seat in the second sliding position.
  • the pull rod mechanism further includes: a fixed portion, the slide rail is connected to the fixed portion, and when the rotating portion pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the pull rod abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion to limit the rotating portion from continuing to pivot.
  • the rotating part includes: a main body, which is configured as a roughly cylindrical structure; and a connecting end, which is configured as a boss protruding from the cylindrical surface of the main body, the boss is provided with a first connecting hole, and one end of the pull rod is inserted into the first connecting hole.
  • one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivot space.
  • the shape of the pivot space is set to be roughly cylindrical to match the shape of the main body of the rotating part.
  • the main body of the rotating part is pivotally arranged in the pivot space.
  • a first through hole is provided at the other end of the third connecting seat, and the first through hole is slidably mounted on the slide rail.
  • a second through-hole is provided on a sidewall of the first through-hole; a second positioning hole is provided on a portion of the slide rail corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting base; a second positioning member is provided within the slide rail, and at least a portion of the second positioning member is slidable within the second positioning hole to retract and protrude from the second positioning hole.
  • the second positioning member is a spring sheet having a first protrusion, and the first protrusion is slidable in the second positioning hole.
  • a second through-hole is provided on a sidewall of the first through-hole.
  • a third positioning hole is provided on a portion of the slide rail corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connecting base.
  • a third positioning member is provided within the slide rail, and at least a portion of the third positioning member is slidable within the third positioning hole to retract and protrude from the third positioning hole.
  • the third positioning member is a spring sheet having a second protrusion, and the second protrusion is slidable in the third positioning hole.
  • a limiting protrusion is provided on the cylindrical surface of the main body of the rotating portion.
  • a limiting groove is provided on the inner wall of the pivoting space of the third connecting seat.
  • the pull rod mechanism further comprises: a fixed portion, the slide rail being connected to the fixed portion.
  • the pull rod abuts against a front surface of the fixed portion to restrict the rotating portion from further pivoting.
  • the pull rod mechanism further includes a front rod and a rear rod, wherein the front rod and the rear rod are each fixed with a fixing portion, and the ends of the slide rail are respectively connected to the two fixing portions.
  • the pull rod abuts against a front surface of the fixing portion fixed to the front rod to restrict further pivoting of the rotating portion.
  • the pull rod mechanism further comprises: at least one receiving member, the receiving member being provided on the front rod and having a receiving slot provided therein, wherein when the pull rod slides to the receiving position, at least a portion of the pull rod is received in the receiving slot.
  • the pull rod includes: a connecting rod, one end of which is connected to the rotating portion; and a handle, which is connected to the other end of the connecting rod.
  • two receiving members are provided, the two receiving members are separated by a fixing portion provided on the front rod, and the openings of the receiving slots of the two receiving members are arranged opposite to each other.
  • a receiving member is provided.
  • the receiving member is arranged at the lower side of the fixing portion, and the opening of the receiving slot of the receiving member faces the front of the fixing portion.
  • the first positioning member is a damping plate, which is clamped between an end surface of the main body of the rotating part and an inner surface of a side wall of the pivoting space facing the rotating part.
  • the damping sheet is a flexible component.
  • the material of the damping sheet includes at least one of soft colloid, rubber material, and plastic material.
  • the first positioning member includes a positioning recess provided on one of an end surface of the rotating portion's main body and an inner wall of the pivoting space; and a positioning projection provided on the other of the end surface of the rotating portion's main body and an inner wall of the pivoting space.
  • a cart comprising: a base frame, and the pull rod mechanism of the aforementioned embodiment.
  • the pull rod mechanism is connected to the base frame.
  • the pull rod mechanism of the cart can be easily adjusted and positioned for use, thereby realizing adjustment of the use angle of the pull rod, and is easy to operate and has wide applicability.
  • a seat fixing mechanism comprising: a fixing seat; and a snap-fit seat, the snap-fit seat being slidably connected to the fixing seat, the snap-fit seat being capable of moving between a folded position and an expanded position relative to the fixing seat, the snap-fit seat being further away from the fixing seat when in the expanded position than when in the folded position.
  • the seat fixing mechanism is simple in structure, easily folds, and does not interfere with other stroller components.
  • the snap-fit seat includes: an engaging portion configured to be inserted into an engaging slot in the seat; and a base portion connected to the engaging portion and pivotally connected to the fixing seat.
  • a circular arc-shaped transition region is defined between the engaging portion and the base portion, and the width of the engaging portion is smaller than that of the base portion.
  • the upper end of the engaging portion is provided with a first latching hole; and/or the lower end of the base portion is provided with a second latching hole.
  • the fixing seat is provided with a connecting end portion
  • the engaging seat is provided with a third connecting slot
  • the connecting end portion is inserted into the third connecting slot to pivotally connect the fixing seat and the engaging seat.
  • At least one first protrusion and at least one first recess are formed on the connection end portion toward one end of the snap-fit seat, a first inclined surface is provided between the first protrusion and the first recess, and at least one second protrusion and at least one second recess are formed on the bottom wall of the third connecting groove, a second inclined surface is provided between the second protrusion and the second recess, when the snap-fit seat is in the folded position, the second protrusion is engaged in the first recess, and the first protrusion is engaged in the second recess, when the snap-fit seat is pivoted from the folded position to the expanded position, the first protrusion disengages from the second recess, and through the cooperation of the second inclined surface and the first inclined surface, the first protrusion slides to a position abutting the second protrusion, and the snap-fit seat slides in a direction away from the fixed seat.
  • the connecting end portion is formed with two opposing first protrusions and two opposing first recesses at one end facing the engaging seat, the two first protrusions being separated by two first recesses, and a first inclined surface being provided between adjacent first protrusions and first recesses.
  • the bottom wall of the third connecting groove is formed with two opposing second protrusions and two opposing second recesses, the two second protrusions being separated by two second recesses, and a second inclined surface being provided between adjacent second protrusions and second recesses.
  • the engaging seat pivots from the retracted position to the deployed position, the first protrusion disengages from the second recess, and through the engagement of the second inclined surface with the first inclined surface, the first protrusion slides to a position abutting against the second protrusion, and the engaging seat slides in a direction away from the fixed seat.
  • the snap-fit seat is provided with a mounting through hole, an end cover and a first elastic member are provided in the mounting through hole, the end cover is connected to the fixed seat, one end of the first elastic member abuts against the end wall of the mounting through hole, and the other end of the first elastic member abuts against the end cover, and the first elastic member continuously applies pressure to the snap-fit seat, so that the snap-fit seat has a tendency to slide toward the fixed seat.
  • a locking hole is provided at the connecting end, and the engaging seat includes a releasing operating member.
  • the engaging seat pivots to the expanded position, at least a portion of the releasing operating member enters the locking hole to lock the engaging seat in the expanded position.
  • the engaging seat includes a mounting cavity
  • the release operating member is slidably disposed in the mounting cavity.
  • the release operating member includes a locking portion that, when the engaging seat pivots to the deployed position, enters a locking hole to lock the engaging seat in the deployed position; and a pressing portion that is connected to the locking portion and, by applying pressure to the pressing portion, causes the release operating member to slide away from the locking hole, disengaging the locking portion from the locking hole to release the locking of the engaging seat.
  • the locking seat includes a second elastic member, one end of the second elastic member is fixed in the installation cavity, and the other end of the second elastic member is against the release operating member.
  • the second elastic member continuously applies pressure to the release operating member, so that the release operating member has a tendency to slide toward the third connecting groove.
  • one of the fixed seat and the engaging seat is provided with a pivot shaft, and the other of the fixed seat and the engaging seat is provided with a mounting hole.
  • the mounting hole is sleeved on the pivot shaft, and the engaging seat is capable of pivoting about the pivot shaft and sliding along the axial direction of the pivot shaft.
  • one of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with a limiting portion, and the other of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with a limiting hole.
  • the engaging seat pivots to the folded state, the limiting portion is engaged in the limiting hole.
  • one of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with an arc-shaped connecting body, and the other of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with a groove body, the shape of the groove body matching the shape of the connecting body.
  • one of the connecting body and the slot body is provided with a limiting recess
  • the other of the connecting body and the slot body is provided with a limiting member.
  • the connecting body is provided with a first connecting groove and a first connecting edge
  • the groove body is provided with a second connecting groove and a second connecting edge.
  • a third elastic member is provided between the fixing seat and the engaging seat.
  • the third elastic member abuts against the engaging seat and continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat, so that the engaging seat has a tendency to slide toward the fixing seat.
  • a stroller comprising: the seat fixing mechanism of the aforementioned embodiment; a support frame, to which the seat fixing mechanism is fixed; and a seat, which is detachably fixed to the seat fixing mechanism.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a vehicle frame in an unfolded state according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of the vehicle frame shown in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG3 is a side view of the vehicle frame shown in FIG1 , wherein the awning is in a retracted state and the pull rod is in a stored state.
  • FIG. 4 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 1 with the rider and the rear foot bar beginning to pivot toward the front of the frame and the front foot bar beginning to pivot toward the rear of the frame.
  • FIG. 5 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 1 , wherein the rider and the rear foot bar are further pivoted toward the front of the frame, and the front foot bar is further pivoted toward the rear of the frame.
  • FIG6 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG1 , wherein the frame has been switched to a folded state.
  • FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view from a perspective perspective of a push handle of a bicycle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a partial cross-sectional view from a rider's side perspective of a bicycle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a frame in an unfolded state according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a side view of the vehicle frame shown in FIG9 .
  • FIG. 11 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 9 , with the awning in the stowed position, the pull rod in the stowed position, and the rider beginning to pivot toward the front of the frame and the front leg bar beginning to pivot toward the rear of the frame.
  • FIG. 12 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 9 , wherein the rider has further pivoted toward the front of the frame, the rear foot bar has begun to pivot toward the front of the frame, and the front foot bar has further pivoted toward the rear of the frame.
  • FIG13 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG9 , wherein the frame has been switched to a folded state.
  • FIG. 14 is a partial cross-sectional view from a rider's side perspective of a bicycle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a side view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the pull bar in an upright position.
  • FIG. 16 is a side elevational view of the cart shown in FIG. 15 , showing the pull bar in a use position.
  • FIG. 17 is a side view of the stroller shown in FIG. 15 , showing the pull bar in a lying position.
  • FIG. 18 is a top view of a pull rod mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the drawbar mechanism in a partially disassembled state.
  • 21 is a perspective view of a cart from another perspective according to one embodiment of the present application, showing the drawbar mechanism in a partially disassembled state.
  • FIG. 22 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the pull bar in a stowed position.
  • Figure 23 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Figure 19.
  • Figure 24 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line B-B of Figure 22.
  • 25 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the pull bar in an upright position.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view of the cart shown in FIG. 25 , showing the pull bar in a stowed position.
  • FIG27 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line C-C of FIG26 , in which part of the structure of the cart is omitted.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a pull rod mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG29 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the pull rod mechanism taken along the virtual plane G shown in FIG28.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in a folded position.
  • 31 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application with the snap fit in an expanded position.
  • FIG32 is a side view of a seat fixing mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application, wherein the engaging seat is in a retracted position.
  • FIG33 is a side view of a seat fixing mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in an expanded position.
  • FIG 34 is a top view of the cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the engaging seat is in a folded position.
  • 35 is a top view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in an expanded position.
  • 36 is a top view of a stroller with a seat installed according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 37 is a side view of the stroller shown in FIG. 36 with a seat installed.
  • FIG38 is a cross-sectional view of the seat fixing mechanism taken along line I-I of FIG34 , in which other structures of the stroller are omitted.
  • FIG39 is a cross-sectional view of the seat fixing mechanism taken along line J-J of FIG35 , in which other structures of the stroller are omitted.
  • FIG. 40 is a partial exploded view of a seat securing mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 41 is an exploded view of a seat securing mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG 42 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in a folded position.
  • FIG43 is an enlarged view of portion D in FIG42.
  • FIG 44 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application with the snap fit in an expanded position.
  • FIG45 is an enlarged view of portion E in FIG44.
  • 46 is a top view of the cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in a folded position.
  • 47 is a top view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, with the snap-fit mount in an expanded position.
  • FIG48 is an enlarged view of portion F in FIG46.
  • FIG. 49 is a partial exploded view of a seat securing mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 50 is a perspective view of a vehicle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • 51 is a perspective view of a container according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • Reference Signs List 1 Frame, 10. Underframe, 100. First rod, 101. First reinforcing rod, 102. Second reinforcing rod, 103. Second rod, 1031. Front rod, 1032, rear rod, 11, front foot rod, 110, front foot seat, 1001, first bend, 1002, folding hook, 10010, first avoidance space, 12, rear foot rod, 120, rear foot seat, 121, second bend, 1210, second avoidance space, 122, outer protrusion, 123, inner concave, 13, support frame, 130, dining tray assembly, 131 awning assembly, 132, seat fixed Fixed mechanism, 133, fixed seat, 1331, first elastic member, 1332, lock hole, 1333, connecting end, 13331, first protrusion, 13332, first recess, 13333, first inclined surface, 13334, first connecting shaft, 13335, limiting rib, 1334, mounting groove, 1335, end cover, 134, engaging seat, 1340, mounting through hole, 1341, unlocking operating member, 13 411, locking portion,
  • Pull rod mechanism 233, fixed seat, 2330, connector, 2331, first connecting groove, 2332, first connecting edge, 2333, Limiting portion, 23331, elastic member, 23332, guiding slope, 2334, limiting recess, 234, snap-fit seat, 2340, groove body, 2341, second connecting groove, 2342, second connecting edge, 2343, mounting hole, 2344, limiting hole, 2345, limiting member, 2356, joint portion, 2347, first snap-fit hole, 2348, second snap-fit hole, 2349, base, 235, pivot axis. 3.
  • Mounting frame 301. Outer wall, 302.
  • First engaging groove 31. Container, 32.
  • Engaging mechanism 321. Engaging edge, 322. Locking protrusion, 323. Deformation groove, 324. Second engaging groove, 3241. Guide portion, 3242. Engaging portion, 3243. Opening, 33. Support rib. 4. Pivot assembly, 41. First joint, 42. Second joint, 410. Release button. D1, plane, D2, extension direction, D3, direction, D4, direction, H, height direction, L, length direction, W, width direction. L1, L2, L1', L2', spacing, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , angle.
  • Figure 1 shows a frame 1 according to one embodiment of the present application, which includes a base frame 10; a front leg bar 11; a rear leg bar 12; and a rider 14.
  • the lower end of the front leg bar 11 is pivotally connected to the base frame 10; the lower end of the rear leg bar 12 is pivotally connected to the base frame 10; the lower end of the rider 14 is pivotally connected to the upper end of the front leg bar 11, and the upper end of the rear leg bar 12 is pivotally connected to the rider 14.
  • the frame 1 can be switched between an expanded state (as shown in Figure 1) and a collapsed state (as shown in Figure 6).
  • relative positions such as “upper,” “lower,” “front,” and “rear,” are used in this application. These terms indicating relative positions are based on the orientation of the frame 1 when it is in the expanded state. Specifically, a position farther from the support plane of the frame 1 is referred to as “upper,” and a position relatively closer to the support plane of the frame 1 is referred to as “lower.”
  • the upper end of the front leg bar 11 refers to the end of the front leg bar 11 relatively farther from the support plane of the frame 1 when the frame 1 is in the unfolded state
  • the lower end of the front leg bar 11 refers to the end of the front leg bar 11 relatively closer to the support plane of the frame 1 when the frame 1 is in the unfolded state.
  • the end of the frame 1 farther from the user when the stroller is pushed forward by the rider 14 is referred to as "front,” and the end of the frame 1 relatively closer to the user is referred to as "rear.”
  • front of the frame 1 is the left side in FIG. 2
  • rear of the frame 1 is the right side in FIG. 2 .
  • the chassis 10 includes two first bars 100 and two second bars 103 .
  • the first bars 100 extend generally along a length direction L
  • the second bars 103 extend generally along a width direction W.
  • the two first bars 100 and the two second bars 103 form a generally rectangular structure.
  • at least one first reinforcing bar 101 is disposed between the two first bars 100 to enhance the overall structural stability of the chassis 10.
  • the first bars 100, the front leg bars 11, the rear leg bars 12, and a portion of the rider 14 form a polygonal structure.
  • the first bars 100, the front leg bars 11, the rear leg bars 12, and a portion of the rider 14 form a generally triangular structure (an acute triangle in this embodiment, but may be an obtuse or right triangle in other embodiments) to ensure vehicle stability.
  • the angle between the rider 14 and the rear leg rod 12 gradually decreases
  • the angle between the front leg rod 11 and the chassis 10 gradually decreases
  • the angle between the rear leg rod 12 and the chassis 10 gradually decreases.
  • the rider 14, the front leg rod 11, and the rear leg rod 12 gradually approach the chassis 10 until they are tightly stacked together in the height direction H.
  • the bicycle frame 1 switches to the folded state, as shown in FIG6 .
  • the rider 14 pivots relative to the front leg rod 11, driving the front leg rod 11 and the rear leg rod 12 to pivot and fold relative to the chassis 10, enabling the bicycle frame to be quickly folded.
  • the pivot directions of the rider 14 and the rear leg bar 12 are opposite to the pivot direction of the front leg bar 11.
  • the dimensions of the frame 1 in the folded state are significantly reduced in the height direction H and the length direction L, thereby making it easier to store and accommodate, for example, in the trunk of a car.
  • the user can more easily lift and carry the stroller.
  • a folding hook 1002 is provided on the front leg bar 11, and a connecting protrusion 143 is provided on the rider 14.
  • the folding hook 1002 can be hooked onto the connecting protrusion 143 to maintain the frame 1 in the folded state and prevent accidental deployment.
  • the frame 1 is also provided with a locking joint 15.
  • the locking joint 15 is connected to the lower end of the rider 14 and the upper end of the front leg bar 11, and the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 are pivotally connected via the locking joint 15.
  • the locking joint 15 includes a first connecting seat 151 and a second connecting seat 152 that are pivotally connected to each other.
  • the upper end of the first connecting seat 151 is connected to the lower end of the rider 14; and the lower end of the second connecting seat 152 is connected to the upper end of the front leg bar 11.
  • the locking joint 15 is configured such that when the frame 1 is in the deployed state, the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 of the locking joint 15 are locked to each other and cannot pivot relative to each other, thereby locking the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 and preventing relative pivoting of the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, so that the frame 1 remains stably in the deployed state.
  • the rider 14 and the front leg rod 11 are allowed to pivot relative to each other, allowing the frame 1 to switch from the expanded state to the collapsed state.
  • the first connecting seat 151 and the rider 14 are formed separately and then connected by welding, rivets, or other connection methods.
  • first connecting seat 151 and the rider 14 can form an integrated structure.
  • the lower end of the rider 14 and the upper end of the front leg rod 11 are directly connected together during the molding process.
  • the second connecting seat 152 can also be formed separately from the front leg rod 11 or form an integrated structure.
  • the locking joint 15 is provided with a locking member 162.
  • the locking member 162 has a locking position. When the locking member 162 is in the locking position, the locking member 162 locks the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 to prevent the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 from pivoting relative to each other.
  • the locking member 162 can slide along the axial direction of the first connecting seat 151 (the lengthwise direction of the rider 14 in this embodiment).
  • a second locking protrusion 1620 and a second locking groove 1621 are formed on the end of the locking member 162 facing the second connecting seat 152.
  • a first locking groove 1520 and a first locking protrusion 1521 are formed on the end of the second connecting seat 151 facing the first connecting seat 151.
  • the side of the first locking protrusion 1521 facing the locking member 162 abuts against the inner wall of the second locking groove 1621
  • the sidewall of the first locking protrusion 1521 abuts against the sidewall of the second locking protrusion 1620
  • the side of the second locking protrusion 1620 facing the second connecting seat 152 abuts against the inner wall of the first locking groove 1520.
  • the first and second connecting seats 151, 152 are locked by the sliding engagement of the locking member 162 with the first connecting seat 151, the abutting engagement of the second locking protrusion 1620 with the first locking groove 1520, and the abutting engagement of the first locking protrusion 1521 with the second locking groove 1621.
  • the locking member 162 is coaxially arranged with the first connecting seat 151.
  • the locking member 162 can be arranged to one side of the axial line of the first connecting seat 151, as long as the locking member 162 can slide along the axial direction of the first connecting seat 151 and lock with the second connecting seat 152.
  • the first connecting seat 151 has a first extension and a first recess at one end proximal to the second connecting seat 152.
  • the second connecting seat 152 has a second extension and a second recess at one end proximal to the first connecting seat 151.
  • the first connecting seat 151 further includes a first protrusion 1510 projecting from one side of the first extension
  • the second connecting seat 152 includes a second protrusion 1522 projecting from one side of the second extension.
  • first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 are locked together, the first protrusion 1510 and the second protrusion 1522 overlap in the width direction W.
  • the pivot point between the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 is located at the first protrusion 1510 and the second protrusion 1522.
  • the rider 14 pivots toward the front of the frame 1 relative to the front foot bar 11.
  • the first protrusion 1510 and the second protrusion 1522 are located on the upper edges of the first and second extensions, respectively.
  • the rider 14 rotates about this pivot point and is folded above the front foot bar 11 (as shown in Figure 6).
  • the frame 1 is further provided with a release mechanism 16.
  • the release mechanism 16 is configured to release the locking joint 15 from locking the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, thereby allowing the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 to pivot relative to each other.
  • the release mechanism 16 can be provided on the rider 14.
  • the release mechanism 16 includes a release operating member 160 and a first connecting member 161.
  • the release operating member 160 is operably connected to a locking member 162 via the first connecting member 161.
  • one end of the first connecting member 161 is connected to the release operating member 160, and the other end of the first connecting member 161 is connected to the locking member 162.
  • the release operating member 160 drives the locking member 162 to an unlocked position via the first connecting member 161.
  • the release mechanism 16 may also include a rivet connected to the release operating member 160 and passing through the rider 14.
  • One end of the first connecting member 161 may be connected to the rivet to connect with the release operating member 160, and the rider 14 may be provided with an elongated slot for the rivet to slide through.
  • one end of the first connecting member 161 may be directly connected to the release operating member 160, and the rider 14 may also be provided with an elongated slot for the first connecting member 161 to pass through and slide through.
  • the release operating member 160 may have a connecting portion extending into the inner cavity of the rider 14, one end of the first connecting member 161 may be directly connected to the connecting portion, and the rider 14 may be provided with an elongated slot for the connecting portion to slide through. Specifically, the user pushes and pulls the release operating member 160 to drive the locking member 162 to the unlocked position, thereby releasing the locking joint 15 from locking the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, allowing the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 to pivot relative to each other, thereby allowing the frame 1 to switch from the deployed state to the collapsed state.
  • the release operating member 160 may be disposed on the rider's hand 14 near the handle 142 for easier operation by the user.
  • release operating member 160 on the rider's hand 14 near the handle 142 is merely an optional embodiment of the present invention.
  • the release operating member 160 may also be disposed at other suitable locations depending on usage requirements, as long as the release operating member 160 can drive the locking member 162 to slide to the unlocked position.
  • the release operating member 160 is a sliding push button that is mounted on the rider's hand 14 and can slide along the axial direction (i.e., the lengthwise direction) of the rider's hand 14.
  • the release operating member 160 can be configured in other forms, such as a push button or a knob, as long as the release operating member 160 can drive the locking member 162 to slide to the unlocked position.
  • the first connecting member 161 is a steel wire that is disposed within the inner cavity of the rider's hand 14.
  • the first connecting member 161 can be configured in other forms, such as a connecting rod, a connecting plate, a connecting block, etc., as long as the release operating member 160 can be operably connected to the locking member 162.
  • the locking joint 15 further includes a first return member 163.
  • the first return member 163 is fixed in the first connecting seat 151 and abuts the locking member 162.
  • the first return member 163 is configured to cause the locking member 162 to have a tendency to slide to the locked position.
  • the first return member 163 is a spring disposed in the first connecting seat 151, one end of the spring being connected to the first connecting seat 151 (or to the rider 14), and the other end of the spring being connected to the locking member 162.
  • the spring is configured to continuously apply pressure to the locking member 162, causing the locking member 162 to have a tendency to slide to the locked position.
  • the first return member 163 may also be a return mechanism of other forms, such as a spring, a torsion spring, etc., as long as it can cause the locking member 162 to have a tendency to slide to the locked position.
  • the rider 14 includes a push handle 142, an inner rod 140, and an outer rod 141.
  • the upper end of the inner rod 140 is connected to the push handle 142, and the other end of the inner rod 140 is sleeved within the outer rod 141.
  • the inner rod 140 can slide within the outer rod 141 to adjust the length and height of the rider 14.
  • the frame 1 also includes a rider length adjustment mechanism 17 operatively connected to the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to lock the relative position of the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 or to allow the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to slide relative to each other.
  • the rider length adjustment mechanism 17 includes an adjustment button 170; a second return member 171; an adjustment member 173; a third return member 175; and a second connecting member 172.
  • the adjustment button 170 is disposed on the handle 142 and is slidable between an adjustment position and a fixed position.
  • the second return member 171 abuts against the adjustment button 170 and is configured to cause the adjustment button 170 to slide to the fixed position.
  • the second return member 171 is a spring disposed within the handle 142, with one end of the spring connected to the handle 142 and the other end connected to one end of the adjustment button 170. The spring is configured to continuously apply pressure to the adjustment button 170, causing it to slide to the fixed position.
  • the second return member 171 may be another type of return mechanism, such as a spring, a torsion spring, or the like, as long as it causes the adjustment button 170 to slide to the fixed position.
  • the adjustment button 170 is drivably connected to one end of a second connecting member 172, the other end of which is connected to a driving member 174.
  • the adjustment button 170 pulls the second connecting member 172 toward the push handle 142 (upward), thereby pulling the driving member 174 via the second connecting member 172, causing the driving member 174 to slide along the inner rod 140 toward the push handle 142.
  • the second connecting member 172 is a steel wire.
  • the adjustment button 170 When the adjustment button 170 is pressed toward the adjustment position, the adjustment button 170 tensions the steel wire, thereby pulling the driving member 174, causing the driving member 174 to slide along the inner rod 140 toward the push handle 142.
  • the second connecting member 172 may be another connecting member, such as a connecting rod, a connecting plate, a connecting block, etc., as long as the adjustment button 170 can be drivably connected to the driving member 174.
  • an adjustment member 173 is disposed in the inner rod 140.
  • the adjustment member 173 allows the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to slide relative to each other, or the adjustment member 173 locks the relative position of the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141.
  • the adjustment member 173 is fixed to the lower end of the inner rod 140 and is provided with a straight slot 1730.
  • a locking member 1731 is disposed within the straight slot 1730 and is capable of sliding along the straight slot 1730.
  • the locking member 1731 is a locking pin.
  • the outer rod 141 is provided with a plurality of locking holes 1410. When the locking member 1731 slides into the locking hole 1410, the inner rod 140 cannot slide in the outer rod 141.
  • a driving member 174 is provided in the inner rod 140. One end of the driving member 174 is connected to the second connecting member 172. The other end of the driving member 174 is provided with a driving inclined slot (not shown).
  • a pin 1732 (e.g., a rivet) provided in the locking member 1731 passes through the driving inclined slot to connect the driving member 174 to the locking member 1731.
  • the second connecting member 172 (such as a steel wire) pulls the driving member 174, causing the driving member 174 to slide along the inner rod 140 toward the push handle 142, and the driving inclined groove of the driving member 174 forces the locking member 1731 to slide along the straight groove 1730 toward the direction of exiting the locking hole 1410, thereby sliding the locking member 1731 out of the locking hole 1410, allowing the length of the rider 14 to be adjusted.
  • the rider 14 is adjusted to an appropriate length, the user releases the pressure on the adjustment button 170.
  • the adjustment button 170 returns to the fixed position from the adjustment position.
  • the second connecting member 172 no longer applies a pulling force to the driving member 174.
  • the driving member 174 has a tendency to slide along the inner rod 140 in the direction away from the push handle 142.
  • the driving inclined groove of the driving member 174 causes the locking member 1731 to have a movement tendency to slide along the straight groove 1730 in the direction of entering the locking hole 1410.
  • the locking member 1731 will slide into the locking hole 1410, locking the length of the rider 14.
  • the adjustment member 173 can be any structure known to those skilled in the art, and this application is not limited thereto.
  • one end of the third return member 175 abuts the adjustment member 173, and the other end of the third return member 175 abuts the driving member 174.
  • the third return member 175 is configured to cause the driving member 174 to slide away from the push handle 142.
  • the third return member 175 is a spring, with one end of the spring (such as the end of the third return member 175 near the push handle 142 in FIG8 ) abutting the adjustment member 173, and the other end of the spring (such as the end of the third return member 175 away from the push handle 142 in FIG8 ) abutting the driving member 174.
  • the spring is configured to continuously apply pressure to the driving member 174, causing the driving member 174 to slide away from the push handle 142.
  • the third return member 175 may be a return mechanism of other forms, such as a spring, a torsion spring, etc., as long as it can cause the driving member 174 to slide away from the push handle 142.
  • the vehicle frame 1 further includes a support frame 13.
  • the support frame 13 is a generally rectangular structure.
  • the edges of the support frame 13, for example, the edges extending generally along the longitudinal direction L, may be recessed toward the interior of the support frame 13 to prevent interference with other components of the vehicle frame 1, as will be described in detail later.
  • the support frame 13 is pivotally connected to a locking joint 15.
  • the middle portion of the support frame 13 is pivotally connected to the locking joint 15 to help reduce the longitudinal dimension (L) of the vehicle frame 1 in the collapsed state.
  • the support frame 13 may be provided with accessories such as a dining tray assembly 130, a sunshade assembly 131, and a seat securing mechanism 132.
  • the dining tray assembly 130 can be used to place tableware (not shown); the sunshade assembly 131 can be used to install a sunshade (not shown); and the seat securing mechanism 132 can be used to connect to a device such as a bassinet or a safety seat (not shown).
  • the vehicle frame 1 further includes a linkage rod 18. One end of the linkage rod 18 is pivotally connected to the support frame 13, and the other end of the linkage rod 18 is pivotally connected to the rear leg rod 12.
  • the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 and the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 are approximately the same height in the height direction H, and together they support the support frame 13, keeping the support frame 13 stable and non-pivotable.
  • the linkage rod 18 pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame 1, and the rear leg rod 12 pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame 1, thereby gradually increasing the angle ⁇ between the linkage rod 18 and the rear leg rod 12, as shown in Figures 3 to 5.
  • the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 gradually lowers in the height direction H.
  • the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 also gradually lowers in the height direction H.
  • the rate of decrease in the height direction H of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 is greater than the rate of decrease in the height direction H of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13.
  • the support frame 13 assumes an inclined posture with the front lower and the rear higher, as shown in Figures 3 to 5.
  • the support frame 13, the rider 14, the front leg rod 11, the rear leg rod 12, and the underframe 10 are tightly stacked together, thereby switching the frame 1 to the collapsed state, as shown in Figure 6.
  • the pivot point between the rear foot bar 12 and the rider 14 is located on the side of the rider 14 facing the inside of the frame 1, and the projection of the pivot trajectory of the rear foot bar 12 along the height direction H does not overlap with the projection of the pivot trajectory of the front foot bar 11 or the rider 14 along the height direction H. Therefore, in the folded state, the rear foot bar 12 and the front foot bar 11 are staggered with each other in the width direction W.
  • the edges of the support frame 13 extending generally along the length direction L are recessed toward the interior of the support frame 13.
  • the distance between the two edges of the chassis 10 extending generally along the length direction L gradually decreases from the front end to the rear end of the vehicle frame 1.
  • the projection of the support frame 13 in the height direction H falls within the projection of the chassis 10 in the height direction H.
  • the distance between the two edges of the support frame 13 extending generally along the length direction L is no greater than the distance between the two edges of the chassis 10 extending generally along the length direction L.
  • the projection of the rear leg lever 12 along the longitudinal direction L is generally S-shaped.
  • the upper portion of the rear leg lever 12 has a protruding portion 122 that projects outward from the frame 1.
  • This protruding portion 122 is used to clear the support frame 13, allowing the upper end of the rear leg lever 12 to be pivotally connected to the rider 14.
  • the lower portion of the rear leg lever 12 has a recessed portion 123 that is recessed toward the interior of the frame 1. This recessed portion 123 provides a pivot connection point for the linkage rod 18.
  • the frame 1 further includes a front footrest 110 and a rear footrest 120.
  • the front footrest 110 is connected to the base frame 10, and the front footbar 11 is pivotally connected to the front footrest 110.
  • the rear footrest 120 is connected to the base frame 10, and the rear footbar 12 is pivotally connected to the rear footrest 120.
  • the frame 1 is also provided with a pull rod 19, which allows the user to pull the stroller.
  • the pull rod 19 is provided at the front of the base frame 10.
  • the pull rod 19 is pivotally provided at the middle of the second rod 103.
  • the pull rod 19 can slide along a slide rail 196 provided at the bottom of the base frame 10 to a storage position at the bottom of the base frame 10.
  • the base frame 10 is tilted from front to back and from top to bottom.
  • the slide rail 196 is also tilted to guide the pull rod 19 to slide to the storage position and facilitate the user's removal of the pull rod 19.
  • FIG9 shows a perspective view of a vehicle frame 1 in an expanded state according to one embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 to FIG13 illustrate the process of switching the vehicle frame 1 shown in FIG9 from the expanded state to the collapsed state.
  • the vehicle frame 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG9 is substantially structurally identical to the vehicle frame 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG1 , and only the differences between the two are described below.
  • a first curved portion 1001 is formed on the first rod 100, protruding toward the interior of the frame 1, to define a first escape space 10010.
  • the first curved portion 1001 is positioned on the first rod 100 such that, when the frame 1 is in the folded state, at least half of the axial extension length of the front leg rod 11 can be located within the first escape space 10010 (as shown in FIG. 13 ). This makes the folded frame 1 more compact and further reduces the dimensions of the folded frame 1 in the length direction L and the height direction H.
  • the rear leg bar 12 is formed with a second curved portion 121 that protrudes toward the rear of the frame 1, thereby forming a second escape space 1210.
  • the second curved portion 121 is configured such that, during the transition of the frame 1 to the collapsed state, the locking joint 15 can be accommodated within the second escape space 1210, thereby preventing the rear leg bar 12 from restricting the rider 14 from pivoting relative to the front leg bar 11.
  • one end of a linkage rod 18 is pivotally connected to the support frame 13, and the other end of the linkage rod 18 projects outward from the bicycle frame 1 in the width direction W to be pivotally connected to the front leg bar 11.
  • the pivot point between the rear leg bar 12 and the rider 14 is located below the rider 14 in the height direction H, and the projection of the pivot path of the rear leg bar 12 along the height direction H at least partially overlaps with the projection of the pivot path of the front leg bar 11 and/or the rider 14 along the height direction H.
  • the bicycle frame 1 switches to the collapsed state, as shown in Figure 13 .
  • the dimensions of the frame 1 in the folded state are significantly reduced in both the height H and length L, making it easier to store and accommodate, for example, in the trunk of a car.
  • the significantly reduced size of the frame 1 makes it easier for the user to lift and carry the stroller.
  • the pivot point between the support frame 13 and the locking joint 15, or more precisely, the pivot point between the support frame 13 and the rider 14, is offset from the center of the support frame 13.
  • the pivot point between the support frame 13 and the rider 14 is offset toward the side of the support frame 13 that is away from the linkage rod 18.
  • the linkage rod 18 is disposed between the support frame 13 and the front leg rod 11.
  • the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 and the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 are approximately at the same height in the height direction H. Together, they support the support frame 13, maintaining a stable and non-pivotable position.
  • the linkage rod 18 pivots toward the front of the frame 1, and the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 gradually decreases in the height direction H.
  • the support frame 13 When the support frame 13 is covered with a cloth cover, the support frame 13 and the cloth cover are lowered and folded in a roughly horizontal posture. Compared with the embodiment shown in Figure 1, the materials at different positions of the cloth cover can be compressed and folded more evenly, thereby being flatter after folding.
  • a second reinforcing rod 102 is disposed between the two first rods 100.
  • This second reinforcing rod 102 is used to enhance the overall structural stability of the chassis 10.
  • this second reinforcing rod 102 is used to increase the structural stability at the first curved portion 1001.
  • both ends of the second reinforcing rod 102 are respectively connected to the first curved portions 1001 of the two first rods 100.
  • the second reinforcing rod 102 is configured as an arc-shaped structure.
  • the adjustment button 170 is a push button mounted on the inner rod 140 and is slidable along the axial direction of the inner rod 140 between an adjustment position and a fixed position.
  • the adjustment button 170 drives the adjustment member 173 to slide to the adjustment position via the second connecting member 172, allowing the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to slide relative to each other, thereby allowing the length and height of the rider 14 to be adjusted.
  • a cart which includes a frame 1 according to an embodiment of the present application and a cloth cover (not shown) mounted on a support frame 13.
  • the support frame 13 and the cloth cover together form a storage space for the cart.
  • the vehicle frame 1 is in the unfolded state.
  • the mechanism such as the sleeping cot or safety seat connected to the seat fixing mechanism 132 is removed, and the seat fixing mechanism 132 is adjusted to the storage position shown in FIG1 ; the pull rod 19 is pivoted and slid to the storage position; and the awning assembly 131 is adjusted to the storage position, as shown in FIG3 .
  • the user pushes and pulls the release operating member 160, such as a release button, and pushes the rider 14 to pivot toward the front of the vehicle frame 1, so that the rider 14 drives the rear leg rod 12 to pivot toward the front of the vehicle frame 1 and drives the front leg rod 11 to pivot toward the rear of the vehicle frame 1.
  • the rider 14 passes the vertical position (i.e., the position where the axial extension of the rider 14 is parallel to the height direction H), the user no longer needs to push the rider 14.
  • the rider 14, the front leg bar 11, and the rear leg bar 12 gradually approach the base frame 10 under the action of gravity until the rider 14, the front leg bar 11, and the rear leg bar 12 are tightly stacked with the base frame 10 in the height direction H, and the frame 1 switches to the folded state, as shown in Figures 5 and 6. Finally, the user hooks the folding hook 1002 onto the connecting protrusion 143 to maintain the frame 1 in the folded state and prevent accidental deployment.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a cart comprising: a base frame 10 and a pull rod mechanism 2 connected to the base frame 10.
  • the pull rod mechanism 2 comprises: a pull rod 19; a rotating portion 192; and a third connecting seat 194.
  • One end of the pull rod 19 is connected to the rotating portion 192, and the rotating portion 192 is connected to the third connecting seat 194 and is capable of pivoting between a first pivot position and a second pivot position.
  • the pull rod 19 can pivot between a first angle and a second angle relative to the base frame 10 (or the third connecting seat 194). Specifically, when the rotating portion 192 pivots to the first pivot position, the pull rod 19 pivots to the upright position, as shown in FIG15 ; when the rotating portion 192 pivots to the second pivot position, the pull rod 19 pivots to the lying position, as shown in FIG17 .
  • the pull rod 19 and the rotating portion 192 pivot to a position that matches the user's height and arm length, for example, the position of the pull rod 19 in FIG16 , making it easier for the user to use the stroller.
  • the pull rod 19 includes a handle 190 and a connecting rod 191.
  • the handle 190 is configured as a generally annular structure for easy gripping by the user. It should be noted that the generally annular structure is only one optional embodiment of the handle structure. Those skilled in the art may select other handle structures, such as polygonal, straight, T-shaped, or cross-shaped, based on their specific needs. This application does not limit this practice, as long as the handle meets the user's grip requirements.
  • the handle 19 includes a mounting portion 1902 and a grip 1901 for the user to grip. One end of the mounting portion 1902 is connected to one end of the connecting rod 191, while the other end of the mounting portion 1902 is connected to the handle 1901.
  • the handle 1901 may be configured as a generally C-shaped structure, and the mounting portion 1902 may be configured as a generally T-shaped structure, with the two ends of the C-shaped handle 1901 connected to the two ends of the T-shaped mounting portion 1902, and the other end of the T-shaped mounting portion 1902 connected to one end of the connecting rod 191.
  • mounting portion 1902 and handle 1901 are integrally formed.
  • handle 1901 is made of a non-slip material such as rubber or plastic.
  • handle 1901 has a non-slip surface, such as anti-slip lines or bumps.
  • the other end of connecting rod 191 is connected to rotating portion 192.
  • mounting portion 1902, handle 1901, and connecting rod 191 are integrally formed.
  • the rotating portion 192 includes a main body 1921 and a connecting end 1922.
  • the main body 1921 is configured as a generally cylindrical structure and is pivotable about the cylindrical axis. It should be noted that the generally cylindrical structure is merely one optional embodiment of the present application. Those skilled in the art may select other suitable shapes for the main body of the rotating portion, such as a cube or a polyhedron, based on practical needs, and this application is not limited thereto.
  • the connecting end 1922 is configured as a boss protruding from the cylindrical surface of the main body 1921. The boss is provided with a first connecting hole 19220, into which the other end of the connecting rod 191 is inserted.
  • the interior of the main body 1921 is provided with a receiving cavity 19221 that communicates with the first connecting hole 19220. Furthermore, each end surface of the main body 1921 is provided with a second pivot hole 1924 that communicates with the receiving cavity 19221.
  • the other end of the connecting rod 191 passes through the first connecting hole 19220 to be received in the receiving cavity 19221 , and the other end of the connecting rod 191 is provided with a first pivot hole 1910 penetrating the connecting rod 191 .
  • Pivot space 1944 is configured to be substantially cylindrical, matching the shape of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192.
  • the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192 is pivotally disposed within pivot space 1944.
  • the substantially cylindrical structure is merely one optional embodiment of the present application.
  • Those skilled in the art may select other suitable shapes for the pivot space of the connecting seat, such as a cube or polyhedron, as long as they allow the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192 to pivot within pivot space 1944. This is not a limitation of the present application.
  • the sidewalls of pivot space 1944 are provided with a fourth pivot hole 1943 that communicates with pivot space 1944.
  • a first positioning member 193 is disposed between the third connecting seat 194 and the rotating portion 192.
  • the first positioning member 193 allows the pull rod 19 to be positioned at multiple different pivot angles relative to the third connecting seat 194. It will be appreciated that the first positioning member 193 acts as a limiter for the pull rod 19, allowing the pull rod 19 to have multiple different positioning angles relative to the third connecting seat 194.
  • the first positioning member 193 is configured to limit the pivoting of the rotating portion 192. Specifically, the first positioning member 193 is located between the inner surface of the side wall of the pivot space 1944 of the third connecting seat 194 and the end surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192.
  • the first positioning member 193 is a damping plate 1931, the thickness of which is slightly greater than the gap between the inner surface of the side wall of the pivoting space 1944 (i.e., the inner wall of the pivoting space 1944) and the end face of the main body 1921 (i.e., the side wall surface of the main body 1921 facing the inner wall of the pivoting space 1944).
  • the damping plate 1931 is clamped between the inner surface of the side wall of the pivoting space 1944 and the end face of the main body 1921.
  • the clamping force (pressure) exerted by the inner surface of the sidewall of pivot space 1944 and the end surface of main body 1921 on damping plate 1931 is set so that the torque resulting from the combined static friction of damping plate 1931 acting on the sidewall of pivot space 1944 and the end surface of main body 1921 generated by this clamping force (pressure) is no less than the torque resulting from the weight of pull rod 19 and rotating portion 192.
  • pull rod 19 and rotating portion 192 remain in their original positions without pivoting.
  • This design allows pull rod 19 to be retained in any operating position (e.g., the position of pull rod 19 in FIG. 16 ).
  • pull rod 19 will not suddenly pivot or fall toward the support surface under its own weight, improving the safety of stroller use and making it easier for the user to re-grip pull rod 19. Furthermore, when the user applies a pulling force or a pushing force to the pull rod 19, if the total torque causing the pull rod 19 and the rotating portion 192 to have a pivoting tendency is greater than the torque caused by the combined force of the static friction of the damping plate 1931 acting on the side wall of the pivoting space 1944 and the end face of the main body 1921 that can be generated by the clamping force (pressure), the pull rod 19 and the rotating portion 192 will pivot.
  • damping sheet 1931 is optionally a flexible component.
  • the material of damping sheet 1931 includes at least one of the following: a soft colloid; a rubber material; and a plastic material.
  • the material of damping sheet 1931 may include HYTREL material.
  • a damping plate 1931 is disposed between each end surface of the main body 1921 and the sidewall of the pivot space 1944.
  • a third pivot hole 19310 is disposed on the damping plate 1931.
  • a limiting protrusion 1923 is provided on the outer surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192, and a limiting groove 19440 is provided on the inner wall of the pivoting space 1944 of the third connecting seat 194.
  • the limiting protrusion 1923 slides within the limiting groove 19440.
  • the rotating portion 192 pivots from the first pivot position to the second pivot position, that is, when the pull rod 19 pivots from the upright position to the lying position, the limiting protrusion 1923 abuts against the sidewall of the limiting groove 19440 to limit further pivoting of the rotating portion 192.
  • the rotation range of the pull rod 19 can be limited, ensuring that the pull rod 19 maintains a certain distance from the supporting surface of the cart (e.g., the ground) when in the lying position. This prevents the pull rod 19 from contacting the supporting surface (e.g., the ground) due to "overly lying down” and causing the handle 190 to become dirty or worn. It also facilitates the user's grip on the pull rod 19 in the lying position, providing convenience and practicality.
  • the limiting protrusion 1923 is provided on the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192 and the limiting groove 19440 is provided in the inner wall of the pivot space 1944 of the third connecting seat 194, this is merely an optional embodiment.
  • Those skilled in the art may adjust the location of the limiting protrusion and limiting groove according to actual needs, as long as the pivoting of the rotating portion is limited to prevent "overly lying down.”
  • the limiting protrusion may be provided on the inner wall of the pivot space of the third connecting seat, while the limiting groove may be provided in the main body of the rotating portion.
  • a first through hole 1941 is provided at one end of the third connecting seat 194 opposite to the pivot space 1944, and the first through hole 1941 is slidably mounted on the slide rail 196.
  • the third connecting seat 194 is capable of sliding along the slide rail 196 between a first sliding position and a second sliding position.
  • the pull rod 19 slides to the extended position, as shown in FIG21 ;
  • the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, as shown in FIG22 .
  • the pull rod 19 can be slid to the storage position to prevent the pull rod 19 from affecting the user's operation and facilitate folding the cart.
  • a second through-hole 1942 is provided on the sidewall of the first through-hole 1941.
  • a second positioning hole 1961 is provided in the portion of the slide rail 196 corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting seat 194.
  • a second positioning member 1960 is disposed within the slide rail 196. At least a portion of the second positioning member 1960 is slidable within the second positioning hole 1961, retracting and protruding from the second positioning hole 1961.
  • the second positioning member 1960 is a spring having a first protrusion 19601 that is slidable within the second positioning hole 1961.
  • a portion of the slide rail 196 corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connector 194 is provided with a third positioning hole 1963.
  • a third positioning member 1962 is provided within the slide rail 196. At least a portion of the third positioning member 1962 is slidable within the third positioning hole 1963 to retract and protrude from the third positioning hole 1963.
  • the third connector 194 slides to the second sliding position, at least a portion of the third positioning member 1962 protrudes from the third positioning hole 1963 and enters the second through-hole 1942, locking the third connector 194 in the second sliding position. This prevents the third connector 194 from sliding unintentionally toward the first sliding position, facilitating maintenance of the pull rod 19 in the stowed position.
  • the third positioning member 1962 is a spring sheet having a second protruding column 19621 , and the second protruding column 19621 is slidable in the third positioning hole 1963 .
  • the drawbar mechanism 2 further includes a fixed portion 198, to which the slide rail 196 is connected.
  • the drawbar 19 abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion 198 to restrict further pivoting of the rotating portion 192.
  • the drawbar mechanism 2 includes a front rod 1031 and a rear rod 1032, each of which is connected to the base frame 10.
  • the base frame 10 includes two first rods 100 extending along the length direction L of the stroller and two second rods 103 extending along the width direction W of the stroller.
  • the front rod 1031 and the rear rod 1032 are respectively the two second rods 103 of the base frame 10.
  • the front rod 1031 and the rear rod 1032 are each fixed to a fixed portion 198, and the ends of the slide rail 196 are respectively connected to the two fixed portions 198.
  • the pull rod 19 abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion 198 fixed to the front rod 1031, thereby restricting the rotating portion 192 from further pivoting.
  • this application uses terms indicating relative positions, such as “up,” “down,” “front,” and “rear.” These terms are based on the directions shown in FIG15 . Specifically, in FIG15 , “up” refers to the direction relative to the top, “down” refers to the direction relative to the bottom, “front” refers to the direction relative to the left, and “rear” refers to the direction relative to the right.
  • the pull rod mechanism 2 further includes at least one receiving member 197, which is disposed on the front rod 1031 and has a receiving slot 1970 disposed therein.
  • the receiving member 197 is hook-shaped, but this is merely exemplary. In other embodiments, the receiving member 197 may also be configured as other suitable shapes, and this application is not limited thereto.
  • the handle 190 of the pull rod 19 is received in the receiving slot 1970.
  • the pull rod mechanism 2 includes two receiving members 197, the two receiving members 197 being separated by a fixing portion 198 disposed on the front rod 1031, with the openings of the receiving slots 1970 of the two receiving members 197 being disposed opposite each other.
  • the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, at least a portion of the pull rod 19 , such as the handle 190 , is stored in the two storage slots 1970 .
  • a certain angle ⁇ is formed between the extension direction D2 of the slide rail 196 and the plane D1 of the support surface. Furthermore, when the pull rod 19 is in the lying position, the extension direction of the pull rod 19 is substantially parallel to the extension direction D2 of the slide rail 196.
  • This design allows the handle 190 to be positioned a certain distance from the support surface when the pull rod 19 is in the lying position, making it easier for the user to re-grip the handle 190.
  • the angle ⁇ makes the pulling and pushing movements of the pull rod 19 more ergonomic, making the operation more comfortable for the user.
  • the pull rod 19 is in the stowed position, housed beneath the cart's chassis 10.
  • the second boss 19621 passes through the third positioning hole 1963 and enters the second through-hole 1942.
  • the third connecting seat 194 is maintained in the second sliding position, i.e., the pull rod 19 is held in the stowed position. Without external force pulling out the pull rod 19, the pull rod 19 will not move out of the stowed position. In this position, the pull rod 19 has minimal impact on the cart's overall size and does not affect the cart's folding operation.
  • pull rod 19 When the user needs to use pull rod 19 to pull the cart, they grasp handle 190 of pull rod 19 and apply a pulling force toward the front of the cart. When the pulling force is sufficient to overcome the elastic force of the spring, second protrusion 19621 exits second through-hole 1942, thereby releasing the grip on third connecting seat 194. Continued application of the pulling force pulls pull rod 19 from the stored position to the extended position, as shown in FIG17 . Because the angle ⁇ between slide rail 196 and the supporting surface is present, this pulling operation meets ergonomic standards and is therefore relatively comfortable for the user.
  • the pull rod 19 When the pull rod 19 reaches the extended position, the first boss 19601 passes through the second positioning hole 1961 and enters the second through hole 1942 (refer to Figure 23), keeping the third connecting seat 194 in the first sliding position, that is, keeping the pull rod 19 in the extended position. In the absence of external force, the pull rod 19 will not move out of the extended position. At this time, the user continues to apply a pulling force to the pull rod 19 to pull the cart. During this process, based on the user's height and arm length, the rotating portion 192 and the pull rod 19 will pivot to a use position suitable for the user (for example, the position of the pull rod 19 in Figure 16).
  • the pull rod 19 will remain in the position at which the user released the pull rod 19 due to the action of the first positioning member 193 (e.g., the damping plate 1931).
  • the pull rod 19 will not automatically pivot toward the supporting surface due to its own gravity. The user can re-grip the pull rod 19 from the position at which the user released the pull rod 19 to continue pulling the stroller.
  • the user can pivot the pull rod 19 to the lying position and push the pull rod 19 toward the rear of the cart.
  • the first boss 19601 exits the second through hole 1942, thereby releasing the hold on the third connecting seat 194.
  • the second boss 19621 passes through the third positioning hole 1963 and enters the second through hole 1942 (see FIG24), maintaining the third connecting seat 194 in the second sliding position, that is, maintaining the pull rod 19 in the storage position.
  • the pull rod 19 will not move out of the storage position.
  • the handle 190 enters the storage slot 1970.
  • 25 to 29 show other embodiments according to the present application, which are substantially identical in structure to the pull rod mechanism 2 in the aforementioned embodiment, and only the differences between the two are described below.
  • the pull rod mechanism 2 includes a receiving member 197 disposed on the underside of a fixing portion 198 fixed to the front rod 1031, with a receiving slot 1970 of the receiving member 197 opening toward the front of the fixing portion 198.
  • the receiving member 197 is integrally formed with the fixing portion 198.
  • one end of the third connecting seat 194 is recessed inward to form a pivot space 1944, in which at least a portion of the rotating portion 192 is accommodated.
  • the inner surface of at least one side wall of the pivot space faces at least one surface of the rotating portion.
  • At least one elastic finger 199 is provided on one of the surfaces of the rotating portion 192 and the side wall of the pivot space that are opposite to each other.
  • a plurality of positioning recesses 1932 are provided on the other of the surfaces of the rotating portion 192 and the side wall of the pivot space that are opposite to each other.
  • a positioning protrusion 1945 is provided on the side of the elastic finger 199 that faces the positioning recess 1932, and the positioning protrusion 1945 can engage with one of the positioning recesses 1932 to position the pull rod 19 at one of the multiple pivot angles.
  • the first positioning member 193 includes a positioning recess 1932 and a positioning protrusion 1945 that are shaped to fit together.
  • a portion of the inner wall of the pivot space 1944 has been removed in Figure 29.
  • at least one positioning recess 1932 is disposed in the end surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192, and at least one positioning protrusion 1945 is disposed on the inner wall of the pivot space 1944 (the inner surface of the sidewall of the pivot space).
  • the positioning recesses 1932 and the positioning protrusions 1945 may also be arranged in opposite positions, that is, at least one positioning recess 1932 is arranged on the inner wall of the pivot space 1944, and at least one positioning protrusion 1945 is arranged in the end surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192.
  • more than one positioning recess 1932 is provided to achieve maintaining the pull rod 19 in more than one working position.
  • each group of positioning recesses 1932 includes more than one positioning recess 1932, and two positioning protrusions 1945 are provided, and the two positioning protrusions 1945 respectively cooperate with one group of positioning recesses 1932. More preferably, each group of positioning recesses 1932 includes four positioning recesses 1932 to achieve maintaining the pull rod 19 in four different working positions, as shown in Figure 29.
  • the number of positioning protrusions 1945 on each inner wall of the pivoting space 1944 is not limited to two.
  • the number of positioning protrusions 1945 on each inner wall of the pivoting space 1944 may be one, three, or four.
  • the number of positioning recesses 1932 included in each group of positioning recesses 1932 is not limited to four. It may be any number greater than two, and may be set according to the desired adjustment position, such as three or five.
  • the embodiment shown in Figures 25 to 29 operates in a substantially similar manner to the aforementioned embodiment, with the difference being that, during the process of pulling the stroller, if the user stops pulling and releases their grip on the pull rod 19, if the positioning protrusion 1945 of the first positioning member 193 is located in the positioning recess 1932, the pull rod 19 will remain in the position in which the user released the pull rod 19. If the positioning protrusion 1945 of the first positioning member 193 is not engaged with the positioning recess 1932, the pull rod 19 will pivot slightly toward the support surface due to its own weight until the positioning protrusion 1945 enters and engages with the positioning recess 1932. The pull rod 19 will then remain in the position in which the positioning protrusion 1945 entered and engaged with the positioning recess 1932. In this embodiment, the pull rod 19 can remain in the use position or a position close to the use position, thus avoiding the risk of the pull rod 19 pivoting against the support surface due to its own weight and injuring the user.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a seat securing mechanism 132 comprising a fixing base 133 and an engaging base 134.
  • the engaging base 134 is slidably connected to the fixing base 133 and is capable of movement, e.g., sliding, between a stowed position and a deployed position.
  • the engaging base 134 is further away from the fixing base 133 when in the deployed position than when in the stowed position.
  • the engaging base 134 is also configured to pivot relative to the fixing base 133. When the engaging base 134 moves between the deployed and stowed positions, the engaging base 134 undergoes an angular deflection relative to the fixing base 133.
  • the pivotability of the engaging base 134 relative to the fixing base 133 is merely an optional embodiment of the present application.
  • the engaging base 134 may also be configured to be non-pivotable relative to the fixing base 133, with the engaging base 134 only undergoing translational movement between the deployed and stowed positions.
  • the stroller includes a support frame 13, and a seat fixing mechanism 132 is connected to each of the two side rods (i.e., rods extending generally along the length direction L) of the support frame 13, as shown in Figure 30.
  • the seat fixing mechanisms 132 provided on both side rods have the same structure and pivot simultaneously between a folded position and an extended position.
  • the engaging seats 134 provided on both side rods pivot simultaneously between a folded position and an extended position. This is intended to facilitate the folding operation of the stroller and to connect the seat 135. Referring to Figures 36 and 37, this is required in actual use scenarios, but this does not mean that the two engaging seats 134 cannot pivot independently.
  • the engaging seat 134 includes: a coupling portion 1346 and a base 1349.
  • the coupling portion 1346 is configured to be inserted into a coupling groove (not shown) of the seat 135, and the base 1349 is connected to the coupling portion 1346 and is pivotally connected to the fixed seat 133.
  • the coupling portion 1346 and the base 1349 are integrally formed.
  • the width direction of the coupling portion 1346 is also the width direction W of the cart in Figure 30 (the left and right direction of the paper in Figure 33) as the width direction of the coupling portion 1346.
  • L1 can range from 323.46mm ⁇ L1 ⁇ 395.34mm, for example, L1 is approximately 359.4mm;
  • L2 can range from 293.4mm ⁇ L2 ⁇ 358.6mm, for example, L2 is approximately 326mm.
  • the spacing between the two side rods of the support frame 13 can be changed according to actual needs to change the size of L1 and L2.
  • the spacing between the engagement portions 1346 of the two snap-fitting seats 134 is L1', and the spacing between the base portions 1349 of the two snap-fitting seats 134 is L2', with reference to Figure 35.
  • the range of L1’ can be 301.86mm ⁇ L1’ ⁇ 368.94mm, and L1’ is, for example, approximately 335.4mm; L2’ is, for example, approximately 302mm.
  • L1’ can be selected based on the spacing between the two engagement grooves of the seat 135 to be fixed.
  • the spacing between the two engaging seats 134 increases by ⁇ L (i.e., L1-L1’) or ⁇ L (i.e., L2-L2’), for example, ⁇ L is approximately 24mm, for comparison with Figures 32 and 33.
  • ⁇ L is approximately 24mm, for comparison with Figures 32 and 33.
  • the seat fixing mechanism 132 encroaches less on the space between the two side rods of the support frame 13.
  • this helps to reduce the interference of the locking seats 134 on other parts of the stroller when the stroller is folded.
  • the seat 135 may not be needed during the use of the stroller.
  • the increased distance between the two locking seats 134 in the folded position helps to reduce the interference of the locking seats 134 on the user's operations, such as reducing the interference and obstruction of the locking seats 134 on the activities of children sitting in the compartment formed by the support frame 13 and the cloth cover, or reducing the interference and obstruction of the locking seats 134 on the user's operations.
  • FIGS 36 and 37 show a stroller with seat 135 attached.
  • seat 135 can be a carrier suitable for younger infants or a seat that can be attached to a stroller.
  • seat 135 can be replaced with other accessories, such as a storage basket. Before installing seat 135, any accessories already installed on the stroller that might interfere with seat 135, such as the dining tray assembly 130, should be removed.
  • the upper end of the joint 1346 is provided with a first latching hole 1347 and/or the lower end of the base 1349 is provided with a second latching hole 1348.
  • the first latching hole 1347 is used to engage with the rod in the engagement groove of the seat 135 to stably fix the seat 135 installed on the cart and prevent it from shaking.
  • the first latching hole 1347 may not be provided at the upper end of the joint 1346, and the rod may not be provided in the engagement groove of the seat 135.
  • the second latching hole 1348 is used to cooperate with the engaging protrusion of the seat 135 to make the fixation of the seat 135 more stable.
  • the fixing seat 133 is provided with a connecting end 1333
  • the engaging seat 134 is provided with a third connecting slot 1342.
  • the connecting end 1333 is inserted into the third connecting slot 1342 to pivotally connect the fixing seat 133 and the engaging seat 134.
  • the connecting end 1333 is formed with two opposing first protrusions 13331 and two opposing first recesses 13332 at one end facing the engaging seat 134.
  • the two first protrusions 13331 are separated by two first recesses 13332, and a first inclined surface 13333 is provided between adjacent first protrusions 13331 and first recesses 13332.
  • the bottom wall of the third connecting groove 1342 is formed with two opposing second protrusions 13421 and two opposing second recesses 13422.
  • the two second protrusions 13421 are separated by two second recesses 13422, and a second inclined surface 13423 is provided between adjacent second protrusions 13421 and second recesses 13422.
  • the engaging seat 134 When the engaging seat 134 is in the retracted position, the two second protrusions 13421 respectively engage with the two first recesses 13331, and the two first protrusions 13331 respectively engage with the two second recesses 13422.
  • the engaging seat 134 pivots from the retracted position to the deployed position, the first protrusion 13331 disengages from the second recesses 13422.
  • the abutment between the second inclined surface 13423 and the first inclined surface 13333 causes the first protrusion 13331 to slide into contact with the second protrusion 13421, and the engaging seat 134 slides away from the
  • the fixing seat 133 is provided with a mounting groove 1334.
  • the mounting groove 1334 accommodates the side rods of the support frame 13.
  • the mounting groove 1334 is fixed to the corresponding side rod by fixing members, such as rivets, screws, or bolts and nuts, thereby achieving the connection between the fixing seat 133 and the side rods.
  • the engaging seat 134 is provided with a mounting through hole 1340.
  • the mounting through hole 1340 is provided with an end cap 1335 and a first elastic member 1331.
  • the end cap 1335 is connected to the fixing seat 133.
  • first elastic member 1331 abuts the end wall of the mounting through hole 1340, and the other end of the first elastic member 1331 abuts the end cap 1335.
  • the first elastic member 1331 continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat 134, causing the engaging seat 134 to have a tendency to slide toward the fixing seat 133.
  • the first elastic member 1331 may be a spring, a spring, a torsion spring, etc., as long as it can continuously apply pressure to the engaging seat 134 .
  • a first connecting shaft 13334 is provided in the cavity of the connecting end 1333 of the fixing seat 133, and a protrusion 13424 is also provided in the third connecting groove 1342 of the snap-fit seat 134.
  • Two opposite second protrusions 13421 and two opposite second recesses 13422 are located around the protrusion 13424, and the protrusion 13424 has a matching hole 13425.
  • the first connecting shaft 13334 is inserted into the matching hole 13425, and the snap-fit seat 134 can pivot relative to the fixing seat 133 around the axial direction of the matching hole 13425.
  • One of the outer edge of the first connecting shaft 13334 and the inner edge of the matching hole 13425 is provided with a limiting rib 13335, and the other of the outer edge of the first connecting shaft 13334 and the inner edge of the matching hole 13425 is provided with a limiting groove 13426.
  • the limiting groove 13426 cooperates with the limiting rib 13335 to limit the rotation range of the snap-fit seat 134 relative to the fixed seat 133, thereby avoiding excessive rotation of the snap-fit seat 134.
  • the limiting rib 13335 is arranged on the first connecting shaft 13334, and the limiting groove 13426 is arranged in the matching hole 13425.
  • the angle between the two circumferential ends of the limiting groove 13426 is approximately 90°.
  • the cooperation between the limiting groove 13426 and the limiting rib 13335 allows the locking seat 134 to rotate approximately 90° so as to rotate between the expanded position and the folded position.
  • the locking seat 134 when the locking seat 134 is in the folded position (for example, as shown in Figure 30), the limiting rib 13335 abuts against one end of the limiting groove 13426, thereby limiting the rotation of the locking seat 134 in the counterclockwise direction (refer to direction D3 in Figure 30), and the locking seat 134 can only rotate in the clockwise direction (refer to direction D4 in Figure 30); the locking seat 134 is rotated approximately 90° in the clockwise direction, and the locking seat 134 reaches the expanded position shown in Figure 41.
  • the limiting rib 13335 abuts against the other end of the limiting groove 13426, thereby limiting the locking seat 134 from continuing to rotate in the clockwise direction (refer to direction D4 in Figure 31), and the locking seat 134 can only rotate in the counterclockwise direction (refer to direction D3 in Figure 31) to return to the folded position.
  • the rotation range of approximately 90° in this embodiment is merely exemplary, and those skilled in the art may set other suitable rotation ranges as needed.
  • the angle between the two circumferential ends of the limiting groove 13426 may be set to approximately 180°, so that when the locking seat 134 reaches the deployed position shown in FIG41 , the locking seat 134 rotates again approximately 90° in the clockwise direction (refer to direction D4 in FIG31 ) to move from the deployed position to another retracted position.
  • the end cover 1335 has a second connecting shaft 13351 extending toward the fixing seat 133, and the end cover 1335 can be connected to the fixing seat 133 by passing through the first connecting shaft 13334 and the second connecting shaft 13351 through fasteners such as rivets (not shown).
  • the engaging seat 134 includes a mounting cavity 1343 and a release operating member 1341 slidably disposed within the mounting cavity 1343.
  • the release operating member 1341 includes a locking portion 13411 and a pressing portion 13413.
  • the pressing portion 13413 is connected to the locking portion 13411. Applying pressure to the pressing portion 13413 causes the release operating member 1341 to slide away from the locking hole 1332, disengaging the locking portion 13411 from the locking hole 1332 and releasing the locking of the engaging seat 134.
  • the mounting cavity 1343 is provided with a slide groove 13431, and the release operating member 1341 is slidably connected to the slide groove 13431 via a pin 13412.
  • the release operating member 1341 can slide along the length of the slide groove 13431, causing the locking portion 13411 to enter or exit the lock hole 1332.
  • the engaging seat 134 includes a second elastic member 13414. One end of the second elastic member 13414 is fixed within the mounting cavity 1343, and the other end of the second elastic member 13414 abuts against the release operating member 1341. The second elastic member 13414 continuously applies pressure to the release operating member 1341, causing the release operating member 1341 to slide toward the third connecting groove 1342.
  • the second elastic member can be a spring, a spring, a torsion spring, or the like, as long as it can continuously apply pressure to the release operating member 1341.
  • the engaging seat 134 includes a housing 1344 and a cover plate 1345.
  • the cover plate 1345 is detachably connected to the housing 134 to form an installation space in the engaging seat 134, and the installation cavity 1343 is disposed in the installation space.
  • the seat fixing mechanism 132 includes a fixing seat 233 and a snap-fit seat 234.
  • the snap-fit seat 234 is pivotally connected to the fixing seat 233, and the snap-fit seat 234 is capable of pivoting between a folded position and an expanded position.
  • the cart includes a support frame 13, and a seat fixing mechanism 132 is connected to each of the two side rods (i.e., rods extending roughly along the length direction L) of the support frame 13, as shown in FIG42 .
  • the seat fixing mechanisms 132 only one of the seat fixing mechanisms 132 is described.
  • the seat fixing mechanisms 132 provided on the two side rods have the same structure and pivot simultaneously between the folded position and the expanded position.
  • the snap-fit seats 234 of the seat fixing mechanism 132 arranged on the two side rods pivot between the folded position and the unfolded position at the same time, which is intended to facilitate the folding operation of the cart and to connect the seat 135, referring to Figures 43 and 45. This is required for actual use scenarios, but this does not mean that the two snap-fit seats 234 cannot pivot independently.
  • the engaging seat 234 includes: an engaging portion 2346 and a base 2349.
  • the engaging portion 2346 is configured to be inserted into an engaging groove (not shown) of the seat 135, and the base 2349 is connected to the engaging portion 2346 and is pivotally connected to the fixed seat 233.
  • the engaging portion 2346 and the base 2349 are integrally formed.
  • L1 is approximately in the range of 359.46mm ⁇ L1 ⁇ 439.34mm, for example, L1 is approximately 399.4mm; and L2 is approximately in the range of 329.4mm ⁇ L2 ⁇ 402.6mm, for example, L2 is approximately 366mm.
  • the spacing between the two engagement portions 2346 indicated in Figure 46 is similar to the spacing between the two side bars of the support frame 13.
  • the spacing between the two side bars of the support frame 13 can be adjusted to suit actual needs to change the size of L1.
  • L1' is approximately 335.4mm, for example, and L2' being approximately 302mm, for example.
  • an appropriate size of L1' can be selected based on the spacing between the two engagement slots of the seat 135 to be secured.
  • the spacing between the two engaging seats 234 increases by ⁇ L (i.e., L1-L1') or ⁇ L (i.e., L2-L2'), for example, ⁇ L being approximately 44mm, as shown in Figures 46 and 47.
  • the engaging seats 234 are lower than the upper surface of the fixing seat 233 in the height direction H, that is, located below the corresponding side bars of the support frame 13 (see Figure 48).
  • the two engaging seats 234 in this embodiment have a larger spacing L1 when folded, thereby less encroaching on the space between the two side bars of the support frame 13. This helps reduce interference between the engaging seats 234 and other components of the stroller when folded. It also helps eliminate the need for a seat during use.
  • the increased spacing between the two engaging seats 234 in the folded position helps reduce interference with user activities, such as reducing interference with and obstruction of a child seated in the compartment formed by the support frame 13 and the cover, or reducing interference with and obstruction of a user placing or removing items from the support frame.
  • the seat 135 according to this embodiment is the same as the seat 135 according to the embodiment shown in Figures 30 to 41.
  • a first engaging hole 2347 is provided at the upper end of the engaging portion 2346 and/or a second engaging hole 2348 is provided at the lower end of the base 2349.
  • the first engaging hole 2347 is configured to engage with a rod in the engaging groove of the seat 135 to stabilize and prevent the seat 135 from shaking when mounted on the stroller.
  • the second engaging hole 2348 is configured to engage with a locking protrusion on the seat 135 to further secure the seat 135.
  • the fixed seat 233 is provided with a pivot shaft 235
  • the engaging seat 234 is provided with a mounting hole 2343.
  • the mounting hole 2343 is sleeved on the pivot shaft 235, and the engaging seat 234 is capable of pivoting about the pivot shaft 235 and sliding along the axial direction of the pivot shaft 235.
  • the positions of the pivot shaft 235 and the mounting hole 2343 can be interchanged, that is, the fixed seat 233 is provided with the mounting hole 2343, and the engaging seat 234 is provided with the pivot shaft 235.
  • the engaging seat 234 when the engaging seat 234 pivots to a retracted position, the engaging seat 234 is lower than the upper surface of the fixed seat 233 in the height direction H.
  • the fixing seat 233 is further provided with a limiting portion 2333, and the engaging seat 234 is further provided with a limiting hole 2344.
  • the limiting portion 2333 engages with the limiting hole 2344.
  • the positions of the limiting portion 2333 and the limiting hole 2344 are interchangeable, i.e., the fixing seat 233 is further provided with the limiting hole 2344, and the engaging seat 234 is provided with the limiting portion 2333.
  • the limiting portion 2333 includes a plurality of finger-shaped elastic members 23331, which are spaced apart from each other.
  • the end of each elastic member 23331, which is away from the fixing seat 233, is convex and provided with a guiding slope 23332.
  • the elastic member 23331 When the elastic member 23331 is inserted into the limiting hole 2344, the inner wall of the limiting hole 2344 presses against the guiding slope 23332, causing the elastic member 23331 to deform toward the space between the elastic members 23331.
  • the elastic member 23331 presses against the inner wall of the limiting hole 2344.
  • the raised end passes through the limiting hole 2344 and is stopped by the surrounding wall of the limiting hole 2344, thereby preventing the elastic member 23331 from escaping from the limiting hole 2344.
  • the user applies a certain pulling force to the engaging seat 234 to overcome the movement restriction between the raised end and the limiting hole, causing the engaging seat 234 to slide away from the fixing seat 233.
  • the fixing seat 233 is provided with an arc-shaped connecting body 2330
  • the engaging seat 234 is provided with a groove body 2340, the shape of which matches the shape of the connecting body 2330.
  • the connecting body 2330 is provided to protrude from the side of the fixing seat 233 facing the engaging seat 234, and the groove body 2340 is provided to protrude from the side of the engaging seat 234 facing the fixing seat 233.
  • the connecting body 2330 and the groove body 2340 are offset from each other.
  • the engaging seat 234 needs to be pivoted to the deployed position, the user applies a pulling force to the engaging seat 234, causing the elastic member 23331 to disengage from the limiting hole 2344, causing the engaging seat 234 to slide away from the fixed seat 233, and aligning one end of the connector 2330 with one end of the slot 2340.
  • the user then rotates the engaging seat 234, causing the connector 2330 to gradually enter the slot 2340.
  • the connector 2330 is fully engaged with the slot 2340.
  • the positions of the connector 2330 and the slot 2340 can be interchanged, i.e., the fixed seat 233 also includes the slot 2340, and the engaging seat 234 includes the connector 2330.
  • the connector 2330 includes a first connecting groove 2331 and a first connecting edge 2332
  • the slot 2340 includes a second connecting groove 2341 and a second connecting edge 2342.
  • the first connecting groove 2331 can be a dovetail groove or a rectangular parallelepiped groove.
  • one of the connecting body 2330 and the groove body 2340 is provided with a limiting recess 2334, and the other of the connecting body 2330 and the groove body 2340 is provided with a limiting member 2345.
  • the limiting member 2345 engages in the limiting recess 2334 to lock the engaging seat 234 in the deployed position.
  • a third elastic member (not shown) can also be provided between the fixed seat 233 and the engaging seat 234.
  • the third elastic member abuts the engaging seat 234 and continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat 234, causing the engaging seat 234 to have a tendency to slide toward the fixed seat 233.
  • the third elastic member may not be provided, and the engaging seat 234 may be moved toward the fixing seat 233 along the pivot axis 235 through a pushing operation by the user.
  • the engaging base 134 of the seat securing mechanism 132 is in the retracted position shown in Figure 30 .
  • the seat securing mechanisms 132 on either side of the stroller are spaced a large distance L1 (or L2).
  • L1 or L2
  • the engaging base 134 When the user pivots the engaging base 134 from the retracted position to the deployed position, the engaging base 134 simultaneously slides away from the securing base 133 during the pivoting process due to the engagement of the connecting end 1333 with the third connecting slot 1342. In other words, the engaging bases 134 on either side of the stroller slide toward each other. As a result, the spacing between the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the cart will be reduced to L1' (or L2') to match the spacing between the two engagement grooves of the seat 135.
  • the engaging seat 134 pivots to the deployed position, under the action of the second elastic member 13414, the locking portion 13411 enters the lock hole 1332, locking the engaging seat 134 in the deployed position.
  • the engaging portion 1346 is inserted into the engagement groove of the seat 135, and the rear of the backrest of the seat 135 can be further engaged with the support frame 13 (as shown in Figure 37, the seat 135 is also engaged with the front rod of the support frame 13), completing the fixed installation of the seat 135.
  • the engaging portion 1346 is pulled out of the engagement groove of the seat 135, the seat 135 is disengaged from the front rod of the support frame 13, and the seat 135 is removed.
  • the user presses the pressing portion 13413 of the unlocking operating member 1341, causing the locking portion 13411 to exit the locking hole 1332.
  • the user then pivots the engaging seat 134 toward the retracted position. Under the action of the first elastic member 1331, the engaging seat 134 slides toward the fixing seat 133.
  • the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller are increased to L1 (or L2) again.
  • the engaging base 234 of the seat fixing mechanism 132 when the seat 135 is not installed, the engaging base 234 of the seat fixing mechanism 132 is in the retracted position, as shown in Figure 46 .
  • the engaging base 234 In this position, the engaging base 234 is lower than the upper surface of the fixing base 233 in the height direction H, and the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller are spaced apart by a larger distance, L1 (or L2).
  • L1 or L2
  • the user first pulls the engaging base 234 away from the fixing base 233, disengaging the stopper 2333 from the stopper hole 2344. This reduces the distance between the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller to L1' (or L2'), matching the distance between the two engagement slots of the seat 135.
  • the user then pivots the engaging base 234 toward the deployed position.
  • the second connecting groove 2341 accommodates the first connecting edge 2332, and the second connecting edge 2342 enters the first connecting groove 2331, thereby gradually inserting and fitting the arcuate connecting body 2330 into the groove body 2340.
  • the stopper 2345 engages with the stopper recess 2334, locking the engaging seat 234 in the deployed position.
  • the engaging portion 2346 is inserted into the engaging groove of the seat 135.
  • the rear portion of the backrest of the seat 135 can further engage with the support frame 13, completing the secure installation of the seat 135.
  • the engaging portion 2346 is removed from the engaging groove of the seat 135 to remove the seat 135.
  • the user pivots the engaging seat 234 toward the collapsed position. Under the action of the third elastic member or the user's push, the engaging seat 234 slides toward the fixed seat 233.
  • the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller are increased to L1 (or L2) again.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage assembly 3.
  • the storage assembly 3 is provided on, for example, a handlebar 14.
  • the storage assembly 3 includes: a mounting frame 30 and a container 31.
  • the handlebar 14 includes a push handle 142 and an extension rod 145, wherein the push handle 142 is roughly U-shaped, and the extension rod 145 is a straight tube and is connected to the end of the push handle 142 through a pivot assembly 4.
  • the push handle 142 and the extension rod 145 can pivot with each other through the pivot assembly 4, thereby reducing the volume of the cart after folding.
  • the pivot assembly 4 includes a first joint 41 and a second joint 42 that are pivotally connected to each other, the first joint 41 is connected to the push handle 142, and the second joint 42 is connected to the extension rod 145.
  • a release button 410 is provided on the first joint 41.
  • a release button 410 is provided on the inner side of the first joint 41 for releasing the lock between the push handle 142 and the extension rod 145, allowing the push handle 142 to pivot relative to the extension rod 145.
  • the locking and releasing mechanism between the push handle 142 and the extension rod 145 can use any locking and releasing mechanism known in the art, and this application is not limited thereto.
  • the storage assembly 3 is connected to the pivot assembly 4.
  • the second joint 42 of the pivot assembly 4 serves as the mounting bracket 30.
  • the mounting bracket 30 can be fixedly installed at other locations on the rider 14, such as the extension rod 145, the push handle 142, etc., or fixedly installed at other parts of the frame, such as the rear foot bar 12, the support frame 13, etc., as long as the storage assembly 3 does not interfere with the folding and unfolding of the frame.
  • the storage assembly 3 according to this embodiment can be installed in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 1 to 49.
  • the outer wall 301 of the mounting frame 30 is sequentially provided with a first protrusion 302 and a second protrusion 303 that protrude from the outer wall 301.
  • the first protrusion 302 and the second protrusion 303 form a generally umbrella-shaped structure, wherein the first protrusion 302 is radially inwardly recessed relative to the second protrusion 303.
  • the container 31 is provided with a locking mechanism 32 for removably attaching to the mounting frame 30.
  • the locking mechanism 32 includes a locking edge 321 that forms a generally U-shaped second engaging groove 324.
  • Two opposing edges of the generally U-shaped second engaging groove 324 are each provided with, for example, a locking protrusion 322.
  • the two locking protrusions 322 divide the second engaging groove 324 into a guide portion 3241 and an engaging portion 3242.
  • the distance between the two locking protrusions 322 is slightly smaller than the radial dimension of the first protrusion 302.
  • the engaging portion 3242 is shaped similarly to the outer periphery of the first protrusion 302, and its radial dimension is substantially equal to (or slightly larger than) the radial dimension of the first protrusion 302, thereby allowing the first protrusion 302 to be accommodated within the engaging portion 3242.
  • the guide portion 3241 has an opening 3243 (i.e., the opening 3243 of the generally U-shaped second engaging groove 324), and its radial dimension is larger than that of the first protrusion 302.
  • the radial dimension of the guide portion 3241 is larger than that of the first protrusion 302 and smaller than that of the second protrusion 303.
  • the opening 3243 of the second engaging groove 324 is aligned with the first protrusion 302, allowing the first protrusion 302 to enter the guide portion 3241.
  • the container 31 is further moved until the first protrusion 302 contacts the two locking protrusions 322.
  • the distance between the two locking protrusions 322 is slightly smaller than the radial dimension of the first protrusion 302, the first protrusion 302 abuts against the two locking protrusions 322.
  • the user continues to apply external force to move the container 31, causing the first protrusion 302 to press against the two locking protrusions 322, thereby deforming the two locking protrusions 322 away from each other, causing the first protrusion 302 to enter the engaging portion 3242 of the second engaging groove 324.
  • the first protrusion 302 completely enters the engaging portion 3242, it is accommodated in the engaging portion 3242 and no longer presses the two locking protrusions 322.
  • the two locking protrusions 322 return to their original positions under the action of their own elastic restoring force.
  • a portion of the engaging edge 321 enters the first engaging groove 304, and the first protrusion 302 is accommodated and locked in the engaging portion 3242.
  • the container 31 is fixed to the mounting frame 30, and the storage assembly 3 is completely installed.
  • a portion of the engaging edge 321 near the locking protrusion 322 is optionally provided with a deformation groove 323.
  • the deformation groove 323 helps the locking protrusion 322 deform away from the other locking protrusion 322.
  • the container 31 may be any type of container, such as a cup holder or a storage basket.
  • a support rib 33 is provided on the outer wall of the container 31 near the second engaging groove 324. When the first protrusion 302 is locked in the engaging portion 3242, the support rib 33 abuts against the outer wall of the second protrusion 303, further strengthening the locking.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Seats For Vehicles (AREA)

Abstract

A pull rod mechanism, a frame assembly, a seat fixing mechanism and a cart. The pull rod mechanism (2) comprises: a third connection base (194); a rotating portion (192), the rotating portion (192) being connected to the third connection base (194) and being capable of pivoting between a first pivot position and a second pivot position relative to the third connection base (194); a pull rod (19), one end of the pull rod (19) being connected to the rotating portion (192), when the rotating portion (192) is pivoted to the first pivot position, the pull rod (19) being pivoted to an upright position, and when the rotating portion (192) is pivoted to the second pivot position, the pull rod (19) being pivoted to a lie-flat position; and a first positioning member (193), the first positioning member (193) being arranged between the third connection base (194) and the rotating portion (192), and the first positioning member (193) being configured to limit the pivoting of the rotating portion (192). The frame assembly (1) comprises: a base frame (10); front foot rods (11), the lower ends of the front foot rods (11) being capable of pivotally connecting to the base frame (10); rear foot rods (12), the lower ends of the rear foot rods (12) being capable of pivotally connecting to the base frame (10); and a handle assembly (14), the lower ends of the handle assembly (14) being capable of pivotally connecting to the upper ends of the front foot rods (11), and the upper ends of the rear foot rods (12) being capable of pivotally connecting to the handle assembly (14). When the frame assembly (1) is switched from an unfolded state to a folded state, the handle assembly (14) pivots relative to the front foot rods (11), and drives the front foot rods (11) and the rear foot rods (12) to pivot relative to the base frame (10), such that the handle assembly (14), the front foot rods (11) and the rear foot rods (12) are folded towards the base frame (10). The seat fixing mechanism (132) comprises fixing bases (133, 233) and snap-fit bases (134, 234), wherein the snap-fit bases (134, 234) can be pivotally connected to the fixing bases (133, 233), the snap-fit bases (134, 234) can move between folded positions and unfolded positions relative to the fixing bases (133, 233), and the snap-fit bases (134, 234), when located at the unfolded positions, are farther away from the fixing bases (133, 233) than when the snap-fit bases (134, 234) are located at the folded positions. The pull rod mechanism, the frame assembly, the seat fixing mechanism and the cart have simple structures and are easy to fold.

Description

拉杆机构、车架、座椅固定机构及推车Pull rod mechanism, frame, seat fixing mechanism and cart

相关申请Related applications

本申请要求于2024年01月29日申请的,申请号为2024101225843,名称为“座椅固定机构及具有其的推车”的中国专利申请;于2024年01月29日申请的,申请号为2024101327067,名称为“拉杆机构及具有其的推车”的中国专利申请;于2024年01月29日申请的,申请号为2024101224022,名称为“车架及具有其的推车”的中国专利申请;以及于2024年05月08日申请的,申请号为2024105668802,名称为“车架、拉杆机构、座椅固定机构及推车”的中国专利申请的优先权,在此将其全文引入作为参考。This application claims priority to Chinese patent application No. 2024101225843, filed on January 29, 2024, entitled “Seat fixing mechanism and cart having the same”; Chinese patent application No. 2024101327067, filed on January 29, 2024, entitled “Pull rod mechanism and cart having the same”; Chinese patent application No. 2024101224022, filed on January 29, 2024, entitled “Frame and cart having the same”; and Chinese patent application No. 2024105668802, filed on May 8, 2024, entitled “Frame, pull rod mechanism, seat fixing mechanism and cart”, the entire text of which is hereby incorporated by reference.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及童车技术领域,特别是涉及一种拉杆机构、一种车架、一种座椅固定机构及一种推车。The present application relates to the technical field of baby carriages, and in particular to a pull rod mechanism, a carriage frame, a seat fixing mechanism and a stroller.

背景技术Background Art

推车,例如露营车、儿童推车等,因其既能供婴幼儿乘坐,又能承载物品而受到消费者的喜爱。然而,市面上的推车往往存在无法收合或者收合不便的问题。为方便使用,一般地,推车上设置有拉杆,方便使用者拉动推车。然而,目前市面上的推车拉杆不便于用户作业,有必要设计一种新的拉杆机构以及具有其的推车。此外,一般地,推车上还可以安装诸如安全座椅、提篮等用于供儿童乘坐的座椅装置。然而,目前市面上的推车中的座椅固定机构结构复杂,且不安装座椅装置时座椅固定机构无法收合,进而影响推车的使用和收合。Strollers, such as campers and child strollers, are popular among consumers because they can accommodate infants and young children while also carrying items. However, strollers on the market often have the problem of being unable to fold or being inconvenient to fold. For ease of use, strollers are generally provided with a pull rod to facilitate users to pull the stroller. However, the pull rods of strollers currently on the market are not convenient for users to operate, and it is necessary to design a new pull rod mechanism and a stroller with the same. In addition, strollers can generally be equipped with seat devices such as safety seats and carry baskets for children to sit on. However, the seat fixing mechanisms in strollers currently on the market have complex structures, and the seat fixing mechanisms cannot be folded when the seat device is not installed, which in turn affects the use and folding of the stroller.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

基于此,有必要针对上述技术问题中的至少一个,提供一种能够快速收合的车架、一种便于用户作业的拉杆机构、一种结构简单且容易收合的座椅固定机构以及一种推车。Based on this, it is necessary to provide a frame that can be quickly folded, a pull rod mechanism that is convenient for users to operate, a seat fixing mechanism with a simple structure and easy to fold, and a cart to address at least one of the above technical problems.

根据本申请的一个方面,提供了一种车架包括:底架;前脚杆,前脚杆的下端可枢转地连接至底架;后脚杆,后脚杆的下端可枢转地连接至底架;和车手,车手的下端可枢转地连接至前脚杆的上端,后脚杆的上端可枢转地连接至车手;在车架从展开状态切换至收合状态时,车手相对于前脚杆枢转,并带动前脚杆和后脚杆相对于底架枢转,以使车手、前脚杆和后脚杆朝向底架收合。According to one aspect of the present application, a bicycle frame is provided, comprising: a chassis; a front foot bar, the lower end of which is pivotally connected to the chassis; a rear foot bar, the lower end of which is pivotally connected to the chassis; and a rider, the lower end of the rider is pivotally connected to the upper end of the front foot bar, and the upper end of the rear foot bar is pivotally connected to the rider; when the bicycle frame switches from an expanded state to a folded state, the rider pivots relative to the front foot bar, and drives the front foot bar and the rear foot bar to pivot relative to the chassis, so that the rider, the front foot bar and the rear foot bar are folded toward the chassis.

根据本申请的实施例的车架在收合时,只需推动车手即可容易地实现车架的快速收合。When the frame according to the embodiment of the present application is folded, the frame can be folded quickly and easily by the rider simply pushing it.

在一个实施例中,在车架从展开状态切换至收合状态时,车手和后脚杆朝向车架的前方枢转,前脚杆朝向车架的后方枢转。In one embodiment, when the frame switches from the expanded state to the folded state, the rider and the rear leg bar pivot toward the front of the frame, and the front leg bar pivots toward the rear of the frame.

在一个实施例中,在车架从展开状态切换至收合状态时,车手和后脚杆之间的夹角逐渐减小。In one embodiment, when the frame switches from the expanded state to the folded state, the angle between the rider and the rear foot bar gradually decreases.

在一个实施例中,车架还包括:锁定关节,锁定关节连接至车手的下端和前脚杆的上端,锁定关节配置为锁定车手和前脚杆,以阻止车手和前脚杆的相对枢转;和释锁机构,释锁机构设置在车手上,并且释锁机构配置为释锁锁定关节对车手和前脚杆的锁定,以允许车手和前脚杆的相对枢转。In one embodiment, the frame further includes: a locking joint connected to the lower end of the rider and the upper end of the front foot bar, the locking joint being configured to lock the rider and the front foot bar to prevent the rider and the front foot bar from pivoting relative to each other; and a releasing mechanism provided on the rider, the releasing mechanism being configured to release the locking of the rider and the front foot bar by the locking joint to allow the rider and the front foot bar to pivot relative to each other.

在一个实施例中,锁定关节包括:第一连接座,第一连接座的上端连接至车手;第二连接座,第二连接座的下端连接至前脚杆,第二连接座可枢转地连接至第一连接座;和锁定件,锁定件设置在第一连接座中,并且锁定件具有锁定位置,在锁定位置,锁定件锁定第一连接座和第二连接座,以阻止第一连接座和第二连接座的相对枢转。In one embodiment, the locking joint includes: a first connecting seat, the upper end of which is connected to the rider; a second connecting seat, the lower end of which is connected to the front foot rod, and the second connecting seat is pivotally connected to the first connecting seat; and a locking member, which is arranged in the first connecting seat and has a locking position, in which the locking member locks the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat to prevent relative pivoting of the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat.

在一个实施例中,释锁机构包括:释锁操作件,释锁操作件设置在车手上,并且可操作地连接锁定件,释锁操作件配置为驱动锁定件滑动至释锁位置,以释锁锁定件对第一连接座和第二连接座的锁定,允许第一连接座和第二连接座相对枢转。In one embodiment, the release mechanism includes: a release operating member, which is arranged on the rider and is operably connected to the locking member, and the release operating member is configured to drive the locking member to slide to a release position to release the locking member from locking the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat, allowing the first connecting seat and the second connecting seat to pivot relative to each other.

在一个实施例中,锁定关节还包括:第一复位件,第一复位件固定在第一连接座中,并且抵靠锁定件,第一复位件配置为使得锁定件具有滑动至锁定位置的运动趋势。In one embodiment, the locking joint further comprises: a first reduction member fixed in the first connecting seat and abutting against the locking member, wherein the first reduction member is configured to cause the locking member to have a movement tendency of sliding to a locking position.

在一个实施例中,释锁机构还包括:第一连接件,第一连接件的一端连接至释锁操作件,第一连接件的另一端连接至锁定件,释锁操作件通过第一连接件驱动锁定件滑动至释锁位置。In one embodiment, the release mechanism further includes: a first connecting member, one end of the first connecting member is connected to the release operating member, the other end of the first connecting member is connected to the locking member, and the release operating member drives the locking member to slide to the release position through the first connecting member.

在一个实施例中,第二连接座的一端形成有第一锁定槽和第一锁定凸,锁定件的一端形成有第二锁定凸和第二锁定槽。当锁定件处于锁定位置,第二锁定凸配合在第一锁定槽中,并且第一锁定凸配合在第二锁定槽中。In one embodiment, a first locking groove and a first locking protrusion are formed at one end of the second connecting base, and a second locking protrusion and a second locking groove are formed at one end of the locking member. When the locking member is in the locked position, the second locking protrusion fits in the first locking groove, and the first locking protrusion fits in the second locking groove.

在一个实施例中,车架还包括支撑架,支撑架可枢转地连接至锁定关节。In one embodiment, the frame further comprises a support bracket pivotally connected to the locking joint.

在一个实施例中,车架还包括联动杆,联动杆的一端可枢转地连接至支撑架,联动杆的另一端可枢转地连接至后脚杆。后脚杆与车手的枢接点位于车手的朝向车架内部的一侧,后脚杆的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向的投影与前脚杆和/或车手的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向的投影不重叠。In one embodiment, the bicycle frame further comprises a linkage rod, one end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the support frame, and the other end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the rear leg lever. A pivot point between the rear leg lever and the rider is located on the rider's side facing inwardly of the bicycle frame, and a projection of a pivot path of the rear leg lever in the height direction does not overlap with a projection of a pivot path of the front leg lever and/or the rider in the height direction.

在一个实施例中,当车架从展开状态切换至收合状态时,联动杆朝向车架的后方枢转,后脚杆朝向车架的前方枢转,联动杆和后脚杆之间的夹角逐渐增大。In one embodiment, when the vehicle frame switches from the expanded state to the folded state, the linkage rod pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame, the rear leg rod pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame, and the angle between the linkage rod and the rear leg rod gradually increases.

在一个实施例中,车架还包括支撑架,支撑架可枢转地连接至车手。In one embodiment, the frame further includes a support frame pivotally connected to the rider.

在一个实施例中,车架还包括联动杆,联动杆的一端可枢转地连接至支撑架,联动杆的另一端可枢转地连接至前脚杆。后脚杆与车手的枢接点在高度方向上位于车手下侧,后脚杆的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向的投影与前脚杆的枢转轨迹和/或车手的沿着高度方向的投影至少部分重叠。In one embodiment, the bicycle frame further comprises a linkage rod, one end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the support frame, and the other end of the linkage rod being pivotally connected to the front leg rod. A pivot point between the rear leg rod and the rider is located below the rider in the height direction, and a projection of the rear leg rod's pivot path in the height direction at least partially overlaps with the pivot path of the front leg rod and/or the rider's projection in the height direction.

在一个实施例中,当车架从展开状态切换至收合状态时,联动杆朝向车架的后方枢转,后脚杆朝向车架的前方枢转,联动杆和后脚杆之间的夹角逐渐增大。In one embodiment, when the vehicle frame switches from the expanded state to the folded state, the linkage rod pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame, the rear leg rod pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame, and the angle between the linkage rod and the rear leg rod gradually increases.

在一个实施例中,底架包括:两条第一杆,第一杆大致沿着长度方向延伸,第一杆上形成有朝向车架的内部凸入的第一弯曲部,以形成第一避让空间,当车架处于收合状态时,前脚杆的至少一部分位于第一避让空间内。In one embodiment, the chassis includes: two first rods, the first rods extending roughly along the length direction, and the first rods are formed with a first curved portion protruding toward the interior of the frame to form a first avoidance space. When the frame is in a folded state, at least a portion of the front leg rod is located in the first avoidance space.

在一个实施例中,后脚杆上形成有朝向车架的后部凸出的第二弯曲部,以形成第二避让空间,当车架处于收合状态时,车手的至少一部分位于第二避让空间内。In one embodiment, a second curved portion is formed on the rear foot bar and protrudes toward the rear of the frame to form a second escape space. When the frame is in the folded state, at least a portion of the rider is located in the second escape space.

在一个实施例中,底架还包括:两条第二杆,第二杆大致沿着宽度方向延伸。两条第一杆和两条第二杆形成大致矩形的结构。两条第一杆之间设置有第二加强杆,第二加强杆的两端分别与两条第一杆的第一弯曲部连接。In one embodiment, the chassis further comprises: two second rods, the second rods extending generally along the width direction. The two first rods and the two second rods form a generally rectangular structure. A second reinforcing rod is disposed between the two first rods, with both ends of the second reinforcing rod respectively connected to the first bent portions of the two first rods.

在一个实施例中,底架包括:两条第一杆,第一杆大致沿着长度方向延伸;两条第二杆,第二杆大致沿着宽度方向延伸;和至少一条第一加强杆,第一加强杆设置在两条第一杆之间。In one embodiment, the chassis includes: two first rods, the first rods extending substantially along a length direction; two second rods extending substantially along a width direction; and at least one first reinforcing rod disposed between the two first rods.

根据本申请的另一个方面,提供了一种推车,其包括根据前述实施例中至少一个的车架。According to another aspect of the present application, a stroller is provided, comprising a frame according to at least one of the aforementioned embodiments.

根据本申请的实施例的推车在收合时,只需推动车手即可容易地实现推车的车架的快速收合。When folding the stroller according to the embodiment of the present application, the stroller frame can be easily and quickly folded by the rider simply by pushing it.

根据本申请的另一个方面,提供了一种拉杆机构,包括:第三连接座;转动部,转动部连接至第三连接座,并且能够相对于第三连接座在第一枢转位置和第二枢转位置之间枢转;拉杆,拉杆的一端连接至转动部。当转动部枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆枢转至竖起位置;当转动部枢转至第二枢转位置,拉杆枢转至躺倒位置;和第一定位件,该第一定位件设置在第三连接座和转动部之间,第一定位件配置为限制转动部枢转。According to another aspect of the present application, a pull rod mechanism is provided, comprising: a third connecting seat; a rotating portion connected to the third connecting seat and capable of pivoting relative to the third connecting seat between a first pivot position and a second pivot position; a pull rod, one end of which is connected to the rotating portion. When the rotating portion pivots to the first pivot position, the pull rod pivots to an upright position; when the rotating portion pivots to the second pivot position, the pull rod pivots to a lying position; and a first positioning member disposed between the third connecting seat and the rotating portion, the first positioning member being configured to limit pivoting of the rotating portion.

根据本申请的实施例的拉杆机构能够容易地调节和定位使用位置,实现拉杆使用角度的调节,操作方便切适用性广。According to the embodiment of the present application, the pull rod mechanism can be easily adjusted and positioned for use, thereby realizing adjustment of the use angle of the pull rod, and is easy to operate and has wide applicability.

在一个实施例中,第一定位件是阻尼片,阻尼片被夹紧在转动部与第三连接座之间。In one embodiment, the first positioning member is a damping plate, and the damping plate is clamped between the rotating portion and the third connecting seat.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间,转动部的至少一部分收容于枢转空间,阻尼片被夹紧在转动部与枢转空间的侧壁之间。In one embodiment, one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivoting space, at least a portion of the rotating portion is accommodated in the pivoting space, and the damping sheet is clamped between the rotating portion and a side wall of the pivoting space.

在一个实施例中,枢转空间包括相对设置的两个侧壁,转动部的至少一部分位于枢转空间的两个侧壁之间,第一定位件包括两个阻尼片,两个阻尼片分别夹紧于枢转空间的两个侧壁与转动部之间。In one embodiment, the pivot space includes two oppositely arranged side walls, at least a portion of the rotating part is located between the two side walls of the pivot space, and the first positioning member includes two damping plates, which are respectively clamped between the two side walls of the pivot space and the rotating part.

在一个实施例中,第一定位件包括:定位凹,其设置在转动部和第三连接座中的一者;和定位凸,其设置在转动部和第三连接座中的另一者,当定位凹进入定位凸,通过定位凹和定位凸的形状配合限制转动部枢转。In one embodiment, the first positioning member includes: a positioning recess, which is provided in one of the rotating part and the third connecting seat; and a positioning protrusion, which is provided in the other of the rotating part and the third connecting seat. When the positioning recess enters the positioning protrusion, the shape matching of the positioning recess and the positioning protrusion limits the pivoting of the rotating part.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间,转动部的至少一部分收容于枢转空间,枢转空间的至少一侧壁的内表面与转动部的至少一表面相面对;转动部的表面和枢转空间的侧壁中的一者设有至少一弹性指,转动部的表面和枢转空间的侧壁中的另一者设有多个定位凹,定位凸设于弹性指面向定位凹的一侧,定位凸与其中一个多个定位凹相卡合,以将拉杆定位在多个枢转角度中的其中一个枢转角度。In one embodiment, one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivot space, at least a portion of the rotating part is accommodated in the pivot space, and the inner surface of at least one side wall of the pivot space faces at least one surface of the rotating part; the surface of the rotating part and one of the side walls of the pivot space are provided with at least one elastic finger, and the surface of the rotating part and the other side wall of the pivot space are provided with multiple positioning recesses, and the positioning protrusion is provided on the side of the elastic finger facing the positioning recess, and the positioning protrusion is engaged with one of the multiple positioning recesses to position the pull rod at one of the multiple pivot angles.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间,转动部的至少一部分收容于枢转空间,第三连接座的枢转空间的内壁设置有限位槽;转动部设置有限位凸,限位凸随转动部的枢转而在限位槽内滑动,其中,当转动部从第一枢转位置枢转至第二枢转位置,限位凸抵靠限位槽的侧壁,以限制转动部继续枢转。In one embodiment, one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivot space, at least a portion of the rotating part is accommodated in the pivot space, and a limiting groove is provided on the inner wall of the pivot space of the third connecting seat; the rotating part is provided with a limiting protrusion, and the limiting protrusion slides in the limiting groove as the rotating part pivots, wherein, when the rotating part pivots from the first pivot position to the second pivot position, the limiting protrusion abuts against the side wall of the limiting groove to limit the rotating part from continuing to pivot.

在一个实施例中,拉杆机构还包括:滑轨,第三连接座与滑轨连接并能够沿着滑轨在第一滑动位置和第二滑动位置之间滑动;当第三连接座滑动至第一滑动位置,拉杆滑动至伸出位置;当第三连接座滑动至第二滑动位置,拉杆滑动至收纳位置。In one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism also includes: a sliding rail, the third connecting seat is connected to the sliding rail and can slide along the sliding rail between a first sliding position and a second sliding position; when the third connecting seat slides to the first sliding position, the pull rod slides to the extended position; when the third connecting seat slides to the second sliding position, the pull rod slides to the storage position.

在一个实施例中,拉杆机构还包括:锁定装置,其设置于第三连接座和滑轨,锁定装置用于将第三连接座锁定在第一滑动位置和/或第二滑动位置。In one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism further includes: a locking device, which is provided on the third connecting seat and the slide rail, and the locking device is used to lock the third connecting seat in the first sliding position and/or the second sliding position.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座设置有可滑动地套设于滑轨的第一通孔,锁定装置包括:第二通孔,其设置于第一通孔的侧壁;第二定位孔,其设置于滑轨的对应于第三连接座的第一滑动位置的部分;第二定位件,其设置于滑轨内,第二定位件的至少一部分在第二定位孔内可滑动,以缩回和突出第二定位孔;当第三连接座滑动至第一滑动位置,第二定位件的至少一部分突出于第二定位孔并且进入第二通孔,以将第三连接座锁定在第一滑动位置。In one embodiment, the third connecting seat is provided with a first through hole that can be slidably mounted on the slide rail, and the locking device includes: a second through hole, which is provided on the side wall of the first through hole; a second positioning hole, which is provided in the part of the slide rail corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting seat; a second positioning member, which is provided in the slide rail, and at least a portion of the second positioning member can slide in the second positioning hole to retract and protrude from the second positioning hole; when the third connecting seat slides to the first sliding position, at least a portion of the second positioning member protrudes from the second positioning hole and enters the second through hole to lock the third connecting seat in the first sliding position.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座设置有可滑动地套设于滑轨的第一通孔,锁定装置包括:第二通孔,其设置于第一通孔的侧壁;第三定位孔,其设置于滑轨的对应于第三连接座的第二滑动位置的部分;第三定位件,其设置于滑轨内,第三定位件的至少一部分在第三定位孔内可滑动,以缩回和突出第三定位孔;当第三连接座滑动至第二滑动位置,第三定位件的至少一部分突出于第三定位孔并且进入第二通孔,以将第三连接座锁定在第二滑动位置。In one embodiment, the third connecting seat is provided with a first through hole that can be slidably mounted on the slide rail, and the locking device includes: a second through hole, which is provided on the side wall of the first through hole; a third positioning hole, which is provided in the part of the slide rail corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connecting seat; a third positioning member, which is provided in the slide rail, and at least a portion of the third positioning member is slidable in the third positioning hole to retract and protrude the third positioning hole; when the third connecting seat slides to the second sliding position, at least a portion of the third positioning member protrudes from the third positioning hole and enters the second through hole to lock the third connecting seat in the second sliding position.

在一个实施例中,拉杆机构还包括:固定部,滑轨与固定部连接,当转动部从第二枢转位置枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆抵靠固定部的前表面,以限制转动部继续枢转。In one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism further includes: a fixed portion, the slide rail is connected to the fixed portion, and when the rotating portion pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the pull rod abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion to limit the rotating portion from continuing to pivot.

在一个实施例中,转动部包括:主体,主体设置为大致圆柱形结构;和连接端,连接端设置为从主体的圆柱曲面凸出的凸台,凸台设置有第一连接孔,拉杆的一端插接在第一连接孔内。In one embodiment, the rotating part includes: a main body, which is configured as a roughly cylindrical structure; and a connecting end, which is configured as a boss protruding from the cylindrical surface of the main body, the boss is provided with a first connecting hole, and one end of the pull rod is inserted into the first connecting hole.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间,枢转空间的形状设置为与转动部的主体的形状相匹配的大致圆柱形,转动部的主体可枢转地设置在枢转空间内。In one embodiment, one end of the third connecting seat is recessed inward to form a pivot space. The shape of the pivot space is set to be roughly cylindrical to match the shape of the main body of the rotating part. The main body of the rotating part is pivotally arranged in the pivot space.

在一个实施例中,第三连接座的另一端设置有第一通孔,第一通孔可滑动地套设在滑轨上。In one embodiment, a first through hole is provided at the other end of the third connecting seat, and the first through hole is slidably mounted on the slide rail.

在一个实施例中,第一通孔的侧壁设置有第二通孔;滑轨的对应于第三连接座的第一滑动位置的部分设置有第二定位孔,滑轨内设置有第二定位件,第二定位件的至少一部分在第二定位孔内可滑动,以缩回和突出第二定位孔。当第三连接座滑动至第一滑动位置,第二定位件的至少一部分突出于第二定位孔并且进入第二通孔,以将第三连接座锁定在第一滑动位置。In one embodiment, a second through-hole is provided on a sidewall of the first through-hole; a second positioning hole is provided on a portion of the slide rail corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting base; a second positioning member is provided within the slide rail, and at least a portion of the second positioning member is slidable within the second positioning hole to retract and protrude from the second positioning hole. When the third connecting base slides to the first sliding position, at least a portion of the second positioning member protrudes from the second positioning hole and enters the second through-hole, thereby locking the third connecting base in the first sliding position.

在一个实施例中,第二定位件是弹簧片,弹簧片具有第一凸柱,第一凸柱在第二定位孔内可滑动。In one embodiment, the second positioning member is a spring sheet having a first protrusion, and the first protrusion is slidable in the second positioning hole.

在一个实施例中,第一通孔的侧壁设置有第二通孔。滑轨的对应于第三连接座的第二滑动位置的部分设置有第三定位孔,滑轨内设置有第三定位件,第三定位件的至少一部分在第三定位孔内可滑动,以缩回和突出第三定位孔。当第三连接座滑动至第二滑动位置,第三定位件的至少一部分突出于第三定位孔并且进入第二通孔,以将第三连接座锁定在第二滑动位置。In one embodiment, a second through-hole is provided on a sidewall of the first through-hole. A third positioning hole is provided on a portion of the slide rail corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connecting base. A third positioning member is provided within the slide rail, and at least a portion of the third positioning member is slidable within the third positioning hole to retract and protrude from the third positioning hole. When the third connecting base slides to the second sliding position, at least a portion of the third positioning member protrudes from the third positioning hole and enters the second through-hole, thereby locking the third connecting base in the second sliding position.

在一个实施例中,第三定位件是弹簧片,弹簧片具有第二凸柱,第二凸柱在第三定位孔内可滑动。In one embodiment, the third positioning member is a spring sheet having a second protrusion, and the second protrusion is slidable in the third positioning hole.

在一个实施例中,转动部的主体的圆柱曲面上设置有限位凸。第三连接座的枢转空间的内壁设置有限位槽,转动部枢转时,限位凸在限位槽内滑动。当转动部从第一枢转位置枢转至第二枢转位置,限位凸抵靠限位槽的侧壁,以限制转动部继续枢转。In one embodiment, a limiting protrusion is provided on the cylindrical surface of the main body of the rotating portion. A limiting groove is provided on the inner wall of the pivoting space of the third connecting seat. When the rotating portion pivots, the limiting protrusion slides within the limiting groove. When the rotating portion pivots from the first pivot position to the second pivot position, the limiting protrusion abuts against the sidewall of the limiting groove to limit further pivoting of the rotating portion.

在一个实施例中,拉杆机构还包括:固定部,滑轨连接在固定部上。当转动部从第二枢转位置枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆抵靠固定部的前表面,以限制转动部继续枢转。In one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism further comprises: a fixed portion, the slide rail being connected to the fixed portion. When the rotating portion pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the pull rod abuts against a front surface of the fixed portion to restrict the rotating portion from further pivoting.

在一个实施例中,拉杆机构还包括:前杆;和后杆,前杆和后杆分别固定有一个固定部,滑轨的两端分别连接在两个固定部上。当转动部从第二枢转位置枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆抵靠固定在前杆的固定部的前表面,以限制转动部继续枢转。In one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism further includes a front rod and a rear rod, wherein the front rod and the rear rod are each fixed with a fixing portion, and the ends of the slide rail are respectively connected to the two fixing portions. When the rotating portion pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the pull rod abuts against a front surface of the fixing portion fixed to the front rod to restrict further pivoting of the rotating portion.

在一个实施例中,拉杆机构还包括:至少一个收纳件,收纳件设置在前杆上,并且收纳件中设置有收纳槽。当拉杆滑动至收纳位置,拉杆的至少一部分收纳在收纳槽中。In one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism further comprises: at least one receiving member, the receiving member being provided on the front rod and having a receiving slot provided therein, wherein when the pull rod slides to the receiving position, at least a portion of the pull rod is received in the receiving slot.

在一个实施例中,拉杆包括:连接杆,连接杆的一端连接至转动部;和手柄,手柄与连接杆的另一端连接。当拉杆滑动至收纳位置,手柄收纳在收纳槽中。In one embodiment, the pull rod includes: a connecting rod, one end of which is connected to the rotating portion; and a handle, which is connected to the other end of the connecting rod. When the pull rod slides to the storage position, the handle is stored in the storage groove.

在一个实施例中,设置有两个收纳件,两个收纳件由设置在前杆上的固定部间隔开,两个收纳件的收纳槽的开口相对设置。In one embodiment, two receiving members are provided, the two receiving members are separated by a fixing portion provided on the front rod, and the openings of the receiving slots of the two receiving members are arranged opposite to each other.

在一个实施例中,设置有一个收纳件,收纳件设置在固定部的下侧,收纳件的收纳槽的开口朝向固定部的前方。In one embodiment, a receiving member is provided. The receiving member is arranged at the lower side of the fixing portion, and the opening of the receiving slot of the receiving member faces the front of the fixing portion.

在一个实施例中,第一定位件是阻尼片,阻尼片被夹紧在转动部的主体的端面与枢转空间的侧壁的朝向转动部的内表面之间。In one embodiment, the first positioning member is a damping plate, which is clamped between an end surface of the main body of the rotating part and an inner surface of a side wall of the pivoting space facing the rotating part.

在一个实施例中,阻尼片为可挠性部件。In one embodiment, the damping sheet is a flexible component.

在一个实施例中,阻尼片的材料包括软质胶体、橡胶材料、和塑料材料中的至少一种。In one embodiment, the material of the damping sheet includes at least one of soft colloid, rubber material, and plastic material.

在一个实施例中,第一定位件包括:定位凹,定位凹设置在转动部的主体的端面和枢转空间的内壁中的一者上;和定位凸,定位凸设置在转动部的主体的端面和枢转空间的内壁中的另一者上。当定位凹进入定位凸,通过定位凹和定位凸的形状配合限制转动部枢转。In one embodiment, the first positioning member includes a positioning recess provided on one of an end surface of the rotating portion's main body and an inner wall of the pivoting space; and a positioning projection provided on the other of the end surface of the rotating portion's main body and an inner wall of the pivoting space. When the positioning recess enters the positioning projection, the shapes of the positioning recess and the positioning projection cooperate to restrict pivoting of the rotating portion.

根据本申请的另一个方面,提供了一种推车,包括:底架,和前述实施例中的拉杆机构。拉杆机构连接至底架。According to another aspect of the present application, a cart is provided, comprising: a base frame, and the pull rod mechanism of the aforementioned embodiment. The pull rod mechanism is connected to the base frame.

根据本申请的实施例的推车的拉杆机构能够容易地调节和定位使用位置,实现拉杆使用角度的调节,操作方便切适用性广。According to the embodiment of the present application, the pull rod mechanism of the cart can be easily adjusted and positioned for use, thereby realizing adjustment of the use angle of the pull rod, and is easy to operate and has wide applicability.

根据本申请的一个方面,提供了一种座椅固定机构,包括:固定座;和卡合座,卡合座可滑动地连接至固定座,卡合座能够相对于所述固定座在收合位置和展开位置之间运动,卡合座位于展开位置时比位于收合位置时更加远离固定座。According to one aspect of the present application, a seat fixing mechanism is provided, comprising: a fixing seat; and a snap-fit seat, the snap-fit seat being slidably connected to the fixing seat, the snap-fit seat being capable of moving between a folded position and an expanded position relative to the fixing seat, the snap-fit seat being further away from the fixing seat when in the expanded position than when in the folded position.

根据本申请实施例的座椅固定机构结构简单、容易收合、不会与推车的其他部件发生干涉。在一个实施例中,卡合座包括:接合部,接合部配置为插入在座椅的接合槽中;和基部,基部连接至接合部,并且与固定座可枢转地连接。接合部和基部之间具有圆弧状的过渡区域,并且接合部的宽度小于基部的宽度。The seat fixing mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application is simple in structure, easily folds, and does not interfere with other stroller components. In one embodiment, the snap-fit seat includes: an engaging portion configured to be inserted into an engaging slot in the seat; and a base portion connected to the engaging portion and pivotally connected to the fixing seat. A circular arc-shaped transition region is defined between the engaging portion and the base portion, and the width of the engaging portion is smaller than that of the base portion.

在一个实施例中,接合部的上端设置有第一卡孔;和/或基部的下端设置有第二卡孔。In one embodiment, the upper end of the engaging portion is provided with a first latching hole; and/or the lower end of the base portion is provided with a second latching hole.

在一个实施例中,固定座设置有连接端部,卡合座设置有第三连接槽,连接端部插入第三连接槽,以将固定座和卡合座可枢转地连接。In one embodiment, the fixing seat is provided with a connecting end portion, and the engaging seat is provided with a third connecting slot, and the connecting end portion is inserted into the third connecting slot to pivotally connect the fixing seat and the engaging seat.

在一个实施例中,连接端部朝向所述卡合座的一端形成有至少一个第一凸部和至少一个第一凹部,第一凸部与第一凹部之间设置有第一斜面,第三连接槽的底壁形成有至少一个第二凸部和至少一个第二凹部,第二凸部与第二凹部之间设置有第二斜面,当卡合座处于收合位置,第二凸部配合在第一凹部中,且第一凸部配合在第二凹部中,当卡合座从收合位置枢转至展开位置时,第一凸部从第二凹部中脱离,通过第二斜面与第一斜面的配合,第一凸部滑动至与第二凸部抵接的位置,卡合座朝向远离固定座的方向滑动。In one embodiment, at least one first protrusion and at least one first recess are formed on the connection end portion toward one end of the snap-fit seat, a first inclined surface is provided between the first protrusion and the first recess, and at least one second protrusion and at least one second recess are formed on the bottom wall of the third connecting groove, a second inclined surface is provided between the second protrusion and the second recess, when the snap-fit seat is in the folded position, the second protrusion is engaged in the first recess, and the first protrusion is engaged in the second recess, when the snap-fit seat is pivoted from the folded position to the expanded position, the first protrusion disengages from the second recess, and through the cooperation of the second inclined surface and the first inclined surface, the first protrusion slides to a position abutting the second protrusion, and the snap-fit seat slides in a direction away from the fixed seat.

在一个实施例中,连接端部朝向卡合座的一端形成有两个相对的第一凸部和两个相对的第一凹部,两个第一凸部由两个第一凹部间隔开,相邻的第一凸部与第一凹部之间设置有第一斜面。第三连接槽的底壁形成有两个相对的第二凸部和两个相对的第二凹部,两个第二凸部由两个第二凹部间隔开,相邻的第二凸部与第二凹部之间设置有第二斜面。当卡合座处于收合位置,两个第二凸部分别配合在两个第一凹部中,且两个第一凸部分别配合在两个第二凹部中。当卡合座从收合位置枢转至展开位置时,第一凸部从第二凹部中脱离,通过第二斜面与第一斜面的配合,第一凸部滑动至与第二凸部抵接的位置,卡合座朝向远离固定座的方向滑动。In one embodiment, the connecting end portion is formed with two opposing first protrusions and two opposing first recesses at one end facing the engaging seat, the two first protrusions being separated by two first recesses, and a first inclined surface being provided between adjacent first protrusions and first recesses. The bottom wall of the third connecting groove is formed with two opposing second protrusions and two opposing second recesses, the two second protrusions being separated by two second recesses, and a second inclined surface being provided between adjacent second protrusions and second recesses. When the engaging seat is in the retracted position, the two second protrusions respectively engage in the two first recesses, and the two first protrusions respectively engage in the two second recesses. When the engaging seat pivots from the retracted position to the deployed position, the first protrusion disengages from the second recess, and through the engagement of the second inclined surface with the first inclined surface, the first protrusion slides to a position abutting against the second protrusion, and the engaging seat slides in a direction away from the fixed seat.

在一个实施例中,卡合座设置有安装通孔,安装通孔内设置有端盖和第一弹性件,端盖连接至固定座,第一弹性件的一端抵接安装通孔的端壁,第一弹性件的另一端抵接端盖,第一弹性件持续向卡合座施加压力,使得卡合座具有朝向固定座滑动的运动趋势。In one embodiment, the snap-fit seat is provided with a mounting through hole, an end cover and a first elastic member are provided in the mounting through hole, the end cover is connected to the fixed seat, one end of the first elastic member abuts against the end wall of the mounting through hole, and the other end of the first elastic member abuts against the end cover, and the first elastic member continuously applies pressure to the snap-fit seat, so that the snap-fit seat has a tendency to slide toward the fixed seat.

在一个实施例中,连接端部设置有锁孔,卡合座包括释锁操作件,当卡合座枢转至展开位置时,释锁操作件的至少一部分进入锁孔,以将卡合座锁定在展开位置。In one embodiment, a locking hole is provided at the connecting end, and the engaging seat includes a releasing operating member. When the engaging seat pivots to the expanded position, at least a portion of the releasing operating member enters the locking hole to lock the engaging seat in the expanded position.

在一个实施例中,卡合座包括安装腔,释锁操作件可滑动地设置在安装腔中。释锁操作件包括:锁定部,当卡合座枢转至展开位置时,锁定部进入锁孔,以将卡合座锁定在展开位置;和按压部,按压部连接至锁定部,通过向按压部施加压力,使得释锁操作件朝向远离锁孔的方向滑动,使得锁定部脱离锁孔,以释放对卡合座的锁定。In one embodiment, the engaging seat includes a mounting cavity, and the release operating member is slidably disposed in the mounting cavity. The release operating member includes a locking portion that, when the engaging seat pivots to the deployed position, enters a locking hole to lock the engaging seat in the deployed position; and a pressing portion that is connected to the locking portion and, by applying pressure to the pressing portion, causes the release operating member to slide away from the locking hole, disengaging the locking portion from the locking hole to release the locking of the engaging seat.

在一个实施例中,卡合座包括第二弹性件,第二弹性件的一端固定在安装腔内,第二弹性件的另一端抵靠释锁操作件,第二弹性件持续对释锁操作件施加压力,使得释锁操作件具有朝向第三连接槽滑动的运动趋势。In one embodiment, the locking seat includes a second elastic member, one end of the second elastic member is fixed in the installation cavity, and the other end of the second elastic member is against the release operating member. The second elastic member continuously applies pressure to the release operating member, so that the release operating member has a tendency to slide toward the third connecting groove.

在一个实施例中,固定座和卡合座中的一者设置有枢转轴,固定座和卡合座中的另一者设置有安装孔。安装孔套设在枢转轴上,卡合座能够围绕枢转轴枢转,并且沿着枢转轴的轴向滑动。当卡合座枢转至收合位置,在高度方向上,卡合座不突出于固定座的上表面。In one embodiment, one of the fixed seat and the engaging seat is provided with a pivot shaft, and the other of the fixed seat and the engaging seat is provided with a mounting hole. The mounting hole is sleeved on the pivot shaft, and the engaging seat is capable of pivoting about the pivot shaft and sliding along the axial direction of the pivot shaft. When the engaging seat is pivoted to the retracted position, the engaging seat does not protrude above the upper surface of the fixed seat in the height direction.

在一个实施例中,固定座和卡合座中的一者还设置有限位部,固定座和卡合座中的另一者还设置有限位孔。当卡合座枢转至收合状态,限位部卡合在限位孔中。In one embodiment, one of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with a limiting portion, and the other of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with a limiting hole. When the engaging seat pivots to the folded state, the limiting portion is engaged in the limiting hole.

在一个实施例中,固定座和卡合座中的一者还设置有弧形的连接体,固定座和卡合座中的另一者还设置有槽体,槽体的形状与连接体的形状相匹配。当卡合座枢转至展开状态,连接体配合在槽体中。In one embodiment, one of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with an arc-shaped connecting body, and the other of the fixing seat and the engaging seat is further provided with a groove body, the shape of the groove body matching the shape of the connecting body. When the engaging seat is pivoted to the expanded state, the connecting body is fitted into the groove body.

在一个实施例中,连接体和槽体中的一者设置有限位凹,连接体和槽体中的另一者设置有限位件。当卡合座枢转至展开状态,限位件卡合在限位凹中,以将卡合座锁定在展开位置。In one embodiment, one of the connecting body and the slot body is provided with a limiting recess, and the other of the connecting body and the slot body is provided with a limiting member. When the engaging seat pivots to the expanded state, the limiting member engages in the limiting recess to lock the engaging seat in the expanded position.

在一个实施例中,连接体设置有第一连接槽和第一连接边缘,所槽体设置有第二连接槽和第二连接边缘。当卡合座枢转至展开状态,第二连接槽容纳第一连接边缘,第二连接边缘进入第一连接槽。In one embodiment, the connecting body is provided with a first connecting groove and a first connecting edge, and the groove body is provided with a second connecting groove and a second connecting edge. When the engaging seat pivots to the expanded state, the second connecting groove accommodates the first connecting edge, and the second connecting edge enters the first connecting groove.

在一个实施例中,固定座和卡合座之间设置有第三弹性件,第三弹性件抵接卡合座并且持续向卡合座施加压力,使得卡合座具有朝向固定座滑动的运动趋势。In one embodiment, a third elastic member is provided between the fixing seat and the engaging seat. The third elastic member abuts against the engaging seat and continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat, so that the engaging seat has a tendency to slide toward the fixing seat.

根据本申请的另一个方面,提供了一种推车,包括:前述实施例中的座椅固定机构;支撑架,座椅固定机构固定在支撑架上;和座椅,座椅可拆卸地固定至座椅固定机构。According to another aspect of the present application, a stroller is provided, comprising: the seat fixing mechanism of the aforementioned embodiment; a support frame, to which the seat fixing mechanism is fixed; and a seat, which is detachably fixed to the seat fixing mechanism.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

通过附图中所示的本发明的优选实施例的更具体说明,本发明的上述及其他目的、特征和优势将变得更加清晰。在全部附图中相同的附图标记指示相同的部分,且并未刻意按实际尺寸等比例缩放绘制附图,重点在于示出本发明的主旨。The above and other objects, features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent through a more detailed description of the preferred embodiments of the present invention as shown in the accompanying drawings. Like reference numerals indicate like parts throughout the accompanying drawings, and the drawings are not drawn to scale with actual size, but rather focus on illustrating the subject matter of the present invention.

通过阅读参照以下附图所作的对非限制性实施例所作的详细描述,本发明的其他特征、目的和优点将会变得更明显。Other features, objects and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from a reading of the following detailed description of non-limiting embodiments made with reference to the accompanying drawings.

图1是根据本申请的一个实施例的处于展开状态的车架的透视图。FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a vehicle frame in an unfolded state according to one embodiment of the present application.

图2是图1所示的车架的侧视图。FIG. 2 is a side view of the vehicle frame shown in FIG. 1 .

图3是图1所示的车架的侧视图,其中,遮阳蓬处于收起状态并且拉杆处于收纳状态。FIG3 is a side view of the vehicle frame shown in FIG1 , wherein the awning is in a retracted state and the pull rod is in a stored state.

图4是图1所示的车架的侧视图,其中,车手和后脚杆开始朝向车架的前方枢转,前脚杆开始朝向车架的后方枢转。4 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 1 with the rider and the rear foot bar beginning to pivot toward the front of the frame and the front foot bar beginning to pivot toward the rear of the frame.

图5是图1所示的车架的侧视图,其中,车手和后脚杆进一步朝向车架的前方枢转,前脚杆进一步朝向车架的后方枢转。5 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 1 , wherein the rider and the rear foot bar are further pivoted toward the front of the frame, and the front foot bar is further pivoted toward the rear of the frame.

图6是图1所示的车架的侧视图,其中,车架已切换至收合状态。FIG6 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG1 , wherein the frame has been switched to a folded state.

图7是根据本申请的一个实施例的车架的推把的透视视角的局部剖视图。7 is a partial cross-sectional view from a perspective perspective of a push handle of a bicycle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.

图8是根据本申请的一个实施例的车架的车手的侧视视角的局部剖视图。8 is a partial cross-sectional view from a rider's side perspective of a bicycle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.

图9是根据本申请的一个实施例的处于展开状态的车架的透视图。FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a frame in an unfolded state according to one embodiment of the present application.

图10是图9所示的车架的侧视图。FIG10 is a side view of the vehicle frame shown in FIG9 .

图11是图9所示的车架的侧视图,其中,遮阳蓬处于收起状态,拉杆处于收纳状态并且车手开始朝向车架的前方枢转,前脚杆开始朝向车架的后方枢转。11 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 9 , with the awning in the stowed position, the pull rod in the stowed position, and the rider beginning to pivot toward the front of the frame and the front leg bar beginning to pivot toward the rear of the frame.

图12是图9所示的车架的侧视图,其中车手进一步朝向车架的前方枢转,后脚杆开始朝向车架的前方枢转,前脚杆进一步朝向车架的后方枢转。12 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG. 9 , wherein the rider has further pivoted toward the front of the frame, the rear foot bar has begun to pivot toward the front of the frame, and the front foot bar has further pivoted toward the rear of the frame.

图13是图9所示的车架的侧视图,其中车架已切换至收合状态。FIG13 is a side view of the frame shown in FIG9 , wherein the frame has been switched to a folded state.

图14是根据本申请的一个实施例的车架的车手的侧视视角的局部剖视图。14 is a partial cross-sectional view from a rider's side perspective of a bicycle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.

图15是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的侧视图,示出了处于竖起位置的拉杆。15 is a side view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the pull bar in an upright position.

图16是图15所示的推车的侧视图,示出了处于使用位置的拉杆。16 is a side elevational view of the cart shown in FIG. 15 , showing the pull bar in a use position.

图17是图15所示的推车的侧视图,示出了处于躺倒位置的拉杆。17 is a side view of the stroller shown in FIG. 15 , showing the pull bar in a lying position.

图18是根据本申请的一个实施例的拉杆机构的俯视图。FIG. 18 is a top view of a pull rod mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application.

图19是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图。19 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application.

图20是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,示出了处于部分分解状态的拉杆机构。20 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the drawbar mechanism in a partially disassembled state.

图21是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的另一视角的透视图,示出了处于部分分解状态的拉杆机构。21 is a perspective view of a cart from another perspective according to one embodiment of the present application, showing the drawbar mechanism in a partially disassembled state.

图22是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,示出了处于收纳位置的拉杆。22 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the pull bar in a stowed position.

图23是沿着图19的A-A线截取的局部剖视图。Figure 23 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Figure 19.

图24是沿着图22的B-B线截取的局部剖视图。Figure 24 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line B-B of Figure 22.

图25是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,示出了处于竖起位置的拉杆。25 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application showing the pull bar in an upright position.

图26是图25所示的推车的透视图,示出了处于收纳位置的拉杆。26 is a perspective view of the cart shown in FIG. 25 , showing the pull bar in a stowed position.

图27是沿着图26的C-C线截取的局部剖视图,其中,省略了推车的部分结构。FIG27 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line C-C of FIG26 , in which part of the structure of the cart is omitted.

图28是根据本申请的一个实施例的拉杆机构的透视图。FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a pull rod mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.

图29是沿着图28所示虚拟平面G截取的拉杆机构的局部放大剖视图。FIG29 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the pull rod mechanism taken along the virtual plane G shown in FIG28.

图30是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,其中卡合座处于收合位置。30 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in a folded position.

图31是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,其中卡合座处于展开位置。31 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application with the snap fit in an expanded position.

图32是根据本申请的一个实施例的座椅固定机构的侧视图,其中卡合座处于收合位置。FIG32 is a side view of a seat fixing mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application, wherein the engaging seat is in a retracted position.

图33是根据本申请的一个实施例的座椅固定机构的侧视图,其中卡合座处于展开位置。FIG33 is a side view of a seat fixing mechanism according to an embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in an expanded position.

图34是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的俯视图,其中卡合座处于收合位置。34 is a top view of the cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the engaging seat is in a folded position.

图35是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的俯视图,其中卡合座处于展开位置。35 is a top view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in an expanded position.

图36是根据本申请的一个实施例的安装有座椅的推车的俯视图。36 is a top view of a stroller with a seat installed according to one embodiment of the present application.

图37是图36所示的安装有座椅的推车的侧视图。37 is a side view of the stroller shown in FIG. 36 with a seat installed.

图38是沿着图34的I-I线截取的座椅固定机构的剖视图,其中省略了推车的其他结构。FIG38 is a cross-sectional view of the seat fixing mechanism taken along line I-I of FIG34 , in which other structures of the stroller are omitted.

图39是沿着图35的J-J线截取的座椅固定机构的剖视图,其中省略了推车的其他结构。FIG39 is a cross-sectional view of the seat fixing mechanism taken along line J-J of FIG35 , in which other structures of the stroller are omitted.

图40是根据本申请的一个实施例的座椅固定机构的部分爆炸视图。FIG. 40 is a partial exploded view of a seat securing mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.

图41是根据本申请的一个实施例的座椅固定机构的爆炸视图。FIG. 41 is an exploded view of a seat securing mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.

图42是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,其中卡合座处于收合位置。42 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in a folded position.

图43是图42中D部的放大视图。FIG43 is an enlarged view of portion D in FIG42.

图44是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的透视图,其中卡合座处于展开位置。44 is a perspective view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application with the snap fit in an expanded position.

图45是图44中E部的放大视图。FIG45 is an enlarged view of portion E in FIG44.

图46是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的俯视图,其中卡合座处于收合位置。46 is a top view of the cart according to one embodiment of the present application, wherein the snap-fit seat is in a folded position.

图47是根据本申请的一个实施例的推车的俯视图,其中卡合座处于展开位置。47 is a top view of a cart according to one embodiment of the present application, with the snap-fit mount in an expanded position.

图48是图46中F部的放大视图。FIG48 is an enlarged view of portion F in FIG46.

图49是根据本申请的一个实施例的座椅固定机构的部分爆炸视图。FIG. 49 is a partial exploded view of a seat securing mechanism according to one embodiment of the present application.

图50是根据本申请的一个实施例的车架的透视图。50 is a perspective view of a vehicle frame according to one embodiment of the present application.

图51是根据本申请的一个实施例的容器的透视图。51 is a perspective view of a container according to one embodiment of the present application.

附图标记列表
1、车架,10、底架,100、第一杆,101、第一加强杆,102、第二加强杆,103、第二杆,1031、
前杆,1032、后杆,11、前脚杆,110、前脚座,1001、第一弯曲部,1002、收合钩,10010、第一避让空间,12、后脚杆,120、后脚座,121、第二弯曲部,1210、第二避让空间,122、外凸部,123、内凹部,13、支撑架,130、餐盘组件,131遮阳蓬组件,132、座椅固定机构,133、固定座,1331、第一弹性件,1332、锁孔,1333、连接端部,13331、第一凸部,13332、第一凹部,13333、第一斜面,13334、第一连接轴,13335、限位肋,1334,安装槽,1335、端盖,134、卡合座,1340、安装通孔,1341、释锁操作件,13411、锁定部,13412、销轴,13413、按压部,13414、第二弹性件,1342、第三连接槽,13421、第二凸部,13422、第二凹部,13423、第二斜面,13424、凸起部,13425、配合孔,13426、限位槽,1343、安装腔,13431、滑槽,1344、盖板,1345、外壳,1346、接合部,1347、第一卡孔,1348、第二卡孔,1349、基部,135、座椅,14、车手,140、内杆,141、外杆,1410、锁定孔,142、推把,143、连接凸,145、延伸杆,15、锁定关节,151、第一连接座,1510、第一突出部152、第二连接座,1520、第一锁定槽、1521、第一锁定凸,1522、第二突出部,16、释锁机构,160、释锁操作件,161、第一连接件,162、锁定件,163、第一复位件,1620、第二锁定凸,1621、第二锁定槽,17、车手长度调整机构,170、调整按钮,171、第二复位件,172、第二连接件,173、调整件,1730、直槽,1731、锁定件,1732、销钉,174、驱动件,175、第三复位件,18、联动杆,19、拉杆,190、手柄,1901、把手,1902、安装部,191、连接杆,1910、第一枢转孔,192、转动部,1921、主体,1922、连接端,19220、第一连接孔,19221、接收腔,1923、限位凸,1924、第二枢转孔,193、第一定位件,1931、阻尼片,19310第三枢转孔,1932、第一定位凹,194、第三连接座,1941、第一通孔,1942、第二通孔,1943、第四枢转孔,1944、枢转空间,19440、限位槽,19441、侧壁,1945、第一限位凸,195、枢转销,196、滑轨,1960、第二定位件,1961、第二定位孔,19601、第一凸柱,1962、第三定位件,1963、第三定位孔,19621、第二凸柱,197、收纳件,1970、收纳槽,198、固定部,1980、固定孔,1981、第一固定部,1982、第二固定部,199、弹性指。
2、拉杆机构,233、固定座,2330、连接体,2331、第一连接槽,2332、第一连接边缘,2333、
限位部,23331、弹性件,23332、引导斜面,2334、限位凹,234、卡合座,2340、槽体,2341、第二连接槽,2342、第二连接边缘,2343、安装孔,2344、限位孔,2345、限位件,2356、接合部,2347、第一卡孔,2348、第二卡孔,2349、基部,235、枢转轴。
3、置物组件,30、安装架,301、外壁,302、第一凸出部,303、第二凸出部,304、第一卡合槽,
31、容器,32、卡合机构,321、卡合边缘,322、锁定凸起,323、变形槽,324、第二卡合槽,3241、引导部,3242、卡合部,3243、开口,33、支撑肋。
4、枢转组件,41、第一接头,42、第二接头,410、释锁按钮。
D1、平面,D2、延伸方向,D3、方向,D4、方向,H、高度方向,L、长度方向,W、宽度方向。
L1、L2、L1’、L2’、间距,α、β、γ、夹角。
Reference Signs List
1. Frame, 10. Underframe, 100. First rod, 101. First reinforcing rod, 102. Second reinforcing rod, 103. Second rod, 1031.
Front rod, 1032, rear rod, 11, front foot rod, 110, front foot seat, 1001, first bend, 1002, folding hook, 10010, first avoidance space, 12, rear foot rod, 120, rear foot seat, 121, second bend, 1210, second avoidance space, 122, outer protrusion, 123, inner concave, 13, support frame, 130, dining tray assembly, 131 awning assembly, 132, seat fixed Fixed mechanism, 133, fixed seat, 1331, first elastic member, 1332, lock hole, 1333, connecting end, 13331, first protrusion, 13332, first recess, 13333, first inclined surface, 13334, first connecting shaft, 13335, limiting rib, 1334, mounting groove, 1335, end cover, 134, engaging seat, 1340, mounting through hole, 1341, unlocking operating member, 13 411, locking portion, 13412, pin, 13413, pressing portion, 13414, second elastic member, 1342, third connecting groove, 13421, second protrusion, 13422, second recess, 13423, second inclined surface, 13424, raised portion, 13425, matching hole, 13426, limiting groove, 1343, mounting cavity, 13431, slide groove, 1344, cover plate, 1345, Shell, 1346, joint, 1347, first clamping hole, 1348, second clamping hole, 1349, base, 135, seat, 14, rider, 140, inner rod, 141, outer rod, 1410, locking hole, 142, push handle, 143, connecting protrusion, 145, extension rod, 15, locking joint, 151, first connecting seat, 1510, first protrusion 152, second connecting seat, 1520, first Locking groove, 1521, first locking protrusion, 1522, second protrusion, 16, release mechanism, 160, release operating member, 161, first connecting member, 162, locking member, 163, first reset member, 1620, second locking protrusion, 1621, second locking groove, 17, rider length adjustment mechanism, 170, adjustment button, 171, second reset member, 172, second connecting member, 173, adjustment member, 1 730, straight slot, 1731, locking member, 1732, pin, 174, driving member, 175, third reset member, 18, linkage rod, 19, pull rod, 190, handle, 1901, handle, 1902, mounting portion, 191, connecting rod, 1910, first pivot hole, 192, rotating portion, 1921, main body, 1922, connecting end, 19220, first connecting hole, 19221, receiving cavity , 1923, limiting convex, 1924, second pivot hole, 193, first positioning member, 1931, damping plate, 19310 third pivot hole, 1932, first positioning concave, 194, third connecting seat, 1941, first through hole, 1942, second through hole, 1943, fourth pivot hole, 1944, pivot space, 19440, limiting groove, 19441, side wall, 1945, first limiting convex, 1 95. Pivot pin, 196. Slide rail, 1960. Second positioning member, 1961. Second positioning hole, 19601. First boss, 1962. Third positioning member, 1963. Third positioning hole, 19621. Second boss, 197. Storage member, 1970. Storage slot, 198. Fixing portion, 1980. Fixing hole, 1981. First fixing portion, 1982. Second fixing portion, 199. Elastic finger.
2. Pull rod mechanism, 233, fixed seat, 2330, connector, 2331, first connecting groove, 2332, first connecting edge, 2333,
Limiting portion, 23331, elastic member, 23332, guiding slope, 2334, limiting recess, 234, snap-fit seat, 2340, groove body, 2341, second connecting groove, 2342, second connecting edge, 2343, mounting hole, 2344, limiting hole, 2345, limiting member, 2356, joint portion, 2347, first snap-fit hole, 2348, second snap-fit hole, 2349, base, 235, pivot axis.
3. Storage assembly, 30. Mounting frame, 301. Outer wall, 302. First protrusion, 303. Second protrusion, 304. First engaging groove,
31. Container, 32. Engaging mechanism, 321. Engaging edge, 322. Locking protrusion, 323. Deformation groove, 324. Second engaging groove, 3241. Guide portion, 3242. Engaging portion, 3243. Opening, 33. Support rib.
4. Pivot assembly, 41. First joint, 42. Second joint, 410. Release button.
D1, plane, D2, extension direction, D3, direction, D4, direction, H, height direction, L, length direction, W, width direction.
L1, L2, L1', L2', spacing, α, β, γ, angle.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

为了便于理解本发明,下面将参照相关附图对本发明进行更全面的描述。附图中给出了本发明的首选实施例。但是,本发明可以以许多不同的形式来实现,并不限于本文所描述的实施例。相反地,提供这些实施例的目的是使对本发明的公开内容更加透彻全面。To facilitate understanding of the present invention, the present invention will be described more fully below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Preferred embodiments of the present invention are shown in the drawings. However, the present invention may be embodied in many different forms and is not limited to the embodiments described herein. Rather, these embodiments are provided to provide a more thorough and comprehensive disclosure of the present invention.

需要说明的是,当一个元件被认为是“连接”另一个元件,它可以是直接连接到另一个元件并与之结合为一体,或者可能同时存在居中元件。本文所使用的术语“安装”、“一端”、“另一端”以及类似的表述只是为了说明的目的。It should be noted that when an element is considered to be "connected" to another element, it may be directly connected to the other element and integrated therewith, or there may be an intermediate element. The terms "mounted", "one end", "the other end" and similar expressions used herein are for illustrative purposes only.

除非另有定义,本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本发明的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本文中在本发明的说明书中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是旨在于限制本发明。本文所使用的术语“和/或”包括一个或多个相关的所列项目的任意的和所有的组合。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the art to which this invention pertains. The terms used herein in the specification of the present invention are for the purpose of describing specific embodiments only and are not intended to limit the present invention. The term "and/or" as used herein includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.

一并参考图1至图6,图1示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的车架1,其包括底架10;前脚杆11;后脚杆12;和车手14。前脚杆11的下端可枢转地连接至底架10;后脚杆12的下端可枢转地连接至底架10;车手14的下端可枢转地连接至前脚杆11的上端,后脚杆12的上端可枢转地连接至车手14。车架1可以在展开状态(如图1所示)和至收合状态(如图6所示)之间切换。为了描述方便,本申请中使用了表示相对位置的术语,例如“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”,这些表示相对位置的术语以车架1处于展开状态时的方位作为参考。具体地,更加远离车架1的支撑平面的位置为“上”,相对靠近车架1的支撑平面的位置为“下”,例如,前脚杆11的上端指的是车架1处于展开状态时,前脚杆11的相对远离车架1的支撑平面的一端,前脚杆11的下端指的是车架1处于展开状态时,前脚杆11的相对靠近车架1的支撑平面的一端。具体地,以通过车手14推动推车前进时车架1的远离使用者的一端为“前”,以车架1的相对靠近使用者的一端为“后”,例如,车架1的前方为图2中的左方,车架1的后方为图2中的右方。Referring to Figures 1 to 6 , Figure 1 shows a frame 1 according to one embodiment of the present application, which includes a base frame 10; a front leg bar 11; a rear leg bar 12; and a rider 14. The lower end of the front leg bar 11 is pivotally connected to the base frame 10; the lower end of the rear leg bar 12 is pivotally connected to the base frame 10; the lower end of the rider 14 is pivotally connected to the upper end of the front leg bar 11, and the upper end of the rear leg bar 12 is pivotally connected to the rider 14. The frame 1 can be switched between an expanded state (as shown in Figure 1) and a collapsed state (as shown in Figure 6). For convenience of description, terms indicating relative positions, such as "upper," "lower," "front," and "rear," are used in this application. These terms indicating relative positions are based on the orientation of the frame 1 when it is in the expanded state. Specifically, a position farther from the support plane of the frame 1 is referred to as "upper," and a position relatively closer to the support plane of the frame 1 is referred to as "lower." For example, the upper end of the front leg bar 11 refers to the end of the front leg bar 11 relatively farther from the support plane of the frame 1 when the frame 1 is in the unfolded state, and the lower end of the front leg bar 11 refers to the end of the front leg bar 11 relatively closer to the support plane of the frame 1 when the frame 1 is in the unfolded state. Specifically, the end of the frame 1 farther from the user when the stroller is pushed forward by the rider 14 is referred to as "front," and the end of the frame 1 relatively closer to the user is referred to as "rear." For example, the front of the frame 1 is the left side in FIG. 2 , and the rear of the frame 1 is the right side in FIG. 2 .

在图1所示的实施例中,底架10包括:两条第一杆100和两条第二杆103。其中,第一杆100大致沿着长度方向L延伸,第二杆103大致沿着宽度方向W延伸。两条第一杆100和两条第二杆103形成大致矩形的结构。可选地,两条第一杆100之间设置有至少一条第一加强杆101,该第一加强杆101用于增强底架10的整体结构稳定性。当车架1处于展开状态,底架10的第一杆100、前脚杆11、后脚杆12和车手14的一部分形成多边形结构,在本实施例中,底架10的第一杆100、前脚杆11、后脚杆12和车手14的一部分形成大致的三角形(本实施例中为锐角三角形,在其他实施例中可以是钝角或直角三角形)的结构,以确保车身的稳定性。In the embodiment shown in FIG1 , the chassis 10 includes two first bars 100 and two second bars 103 . The first bars 100 extend generally along a length direction L, and the second bars 103 extend generally along a width direction W. The two first bars 100 and the two second bars 103 form a generally rectangular structure. Optionally, at least one first reinforcing bar 101 is disposed between the two first bars 100 to enhance the overall structural stability of the chassis 10. When the chassis 1 is in the deployed state, the first bars 100, the front leg bars 11, the rear leg bars 12, and a portion of the rider 14 form a polygonal structure. In this embodiment, the first bars 100, the front leg bars 11, the rear leg bars 12, and a portion of the rider 14 form a generally triangular structure (an acute triangle in this embodiment, but may be an obtuse or right triangle in other embodiments) to ensure vehicle stability.

一并参考图2至图6,当车架1从展开状态切换至收合状态时,车手14和后脚杆12朝向车架1的前方枢转,车手14和后脚杆12之间的夹角β逐渐减小,前脚杆11朝向车架1的后方枢转,第一杆100、前脚杆11、后脚杆12和车手14不再保持大致的三角形的结构。在收合过程中,车手14相对于前脚杆11枢转,并带动前脚杆11和后脚杆12相对于底架10枢转,以使车手14、前脚杆11和后脚杆12朝向底架10收合。以上述多边形的结构的内角作为第一杆100、前脚杆11、后脚杆12和车手14之间的夹角,在收合过程中,车手14与后脚杆12之间的夹角(本实施例中此夹角为锐角夹角)逐渐减小,前脚杆11与底架10之间的夹角(本实施例中此夹角为锐角夹角)逐渐减小,并且后脚杆12与底架10之间的夹角(本实施例中此夹角为锐角夹角)逐渐减小,由此,车手14、前脚杆11和后脚杆12逐渐靠近底架10,直至在高度方向H上,车手14、前脚杆11、后脚杆12与底架10紧密的堆叠在一起,至此,车架1切换至收合状态,如图6所示。由此,通过车手14相对前脚杆11枢转,带动前脚杆11和后脚杆12相对于底架10枢转收合,能够快速收合车架。在本实施例中,与展开状态(如图1所示)相比,车手14和后脚杆12二者的枢转方向与前脚杆11的枢转方向相对,收合状态(如图6所示)的车架1在高度方向H以及长度方向L上的尺寸显著地减小,由此可以容易地收纳和存储,例如收纳在汽车的车尾箱中。进一步地,由于收合状态的车架1尺寸的显著减小,使用者可以更加容易地提起和搬运推车。可选地,前脚杆11上设置有收合钩1002,车手14上设置有连接凸143,当车架1切换至收合状态,收合钩1002可以钩挂在连接凸143上,以将车架1保持在收合状态,避免意外展开。Referring to Figures 2 to 6 , when the bicycle frame 1 switches from the deployed state to the collapsed state, the rider 14 and the rear leg bar 12 pivot toward the front of the bicycle frame 1, the angle β between the rider 14 and the rear leg bar 12 gradually decreases, and the front leg bar 11 pivots toward the rear of the bicycle frame 1. The first rod 100, the front leg bar 11, the rear leg bar 12, and the rider 14 no longer maintain a roughly triangular configuration. During the collapse process, the rider 14 pivots relative to the front leg bar 11, driving the front and rear leg bars 11, 12 to pivot relative to the base frame 10, causing the rider 14, the front leg bar 11, and the rear leg bar 12 to collapse toward the base frame 10. With the inner angle of the polygonal structure serving as the angle between the first rod 100, the front leg rod 11, the rear leg rod 12, and the rider 14, during the folding process, the angle between the rider 14 and the rear leg rod 12 (an acute angle in this embodiment) gradually decreases, the angle between the front leg rod 11 and the chassis 10 (an acute angle in this embodiment) gradually decreases, and the angle between the rear leg rod 12 and the chassis 10 (an acute angle in this embodiment) gradually decreases. As a result, the rider 14, the front leg rod 11, and the rear leg rod 12 gradually approach the chassis 10 until they are tightly stacked together in the height direction H. At this point, the bicycle frame 1 switches to the folded state, as shown in FIG6 . Thus, the rider 14 pivots relative to the front leg rod 11, driving the front leg rod 11 and the rear leg rod 12 to pivot and fold relative to the chassis 10, enabling the bicycle frame to be quickly folded. In this embodiment, compared to the deployed state (as shown in FIG1 ), the pivot directions of the rider 14 and the rear leg bar 12 are opposite to the pivot direction of the front leg bar 11. The dimensions of the frame 1 in the folded state (as shown in FIG6 ) are significantly reduced in the height direction H and the length direction L, thereby making it easier to store and accommodate, for example, in the trunk of a car. Furthermore, due to the significant reduction in the size of the frame 1 in the folded state, the user can more easily lift and carry the stroller. Optionally, a folding hook 1002 is provided on the front leg bar 11, and a connecting protrusion 143 is provided on the rider 14. When the frame 1 is switched to the folded state, the folding hook 1002 can be hooked onto the connecting protrusion 143 to maintain the frame 1 in the folded state and prevent accidental deployment.

一并参考图1至图6,车架1还设置有锁定关节15。锁定关节15连接至车手14的下端和前脚杆11的上端,车手14和前脚杆11通过锁定关节15可枢转地连接。具体地,锁定关节15包括:可枢转地彼此连接的第一连接座151和第二连接座152。第一连接座151的上端连接至车手14的下端;并且第二连接座152的下端连接至前脚杆11的上端。锁定关节15配置为:在车架1处于展开状态时,锁定关节15的第一连接座151和第二连接座152之间相互锁定,不能彼此枢转,由此锁定车手14和前脚杆11,阻止车手14和前脚杆11的相对枢转,使得车架1稳定地保持在展开状态。当第一连接座151与第二连接座152释锁后,允许车手14和前脚杆11相对枢转,使得车架1能从展开状态切换至收合状态。需要说明的是,可选地,第一连接座151与车手14分体成型,再通过焊接或铆钉连接等连接方式连接。可选地,第一连接座151也可以和车手14形成一体式结构,在这样的实施例中,车手14的下端与前脚杆11的上端在成型过程中直接连接在一起。同样的,第二连接座152也可以与前脚杆11分体成型或形成一体式结构。Referring to Figures 1 to 6 , the frame 1 is also provided with a locking joint 15. The locking joint 15 is connected to the lower end of the rider 14 and the upper end of the front leg bar 11, and the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 are pivotally connected via the locking joint 15. Specifically, the locking joint 15 includes a first connecting seat 151 and a second connecting seat 152 that are pivotally connected to each other. The upper end of the first connecting seat 151 is connected to the lower end of the rider 14; and the lower end of the second connecting seat 152 is connected to the upper end of the front leg bar 11. The locking joint 15 is configured such that when the frame 1 is in the deployed state, the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 of the locking joint 15 are locked to each other and cannot pivot relative to each other, thereby locking the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 and preventing relative pivoting of the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, so that the frame 1 remains stably in the deployed state. When the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 are released, the rider 14 and the front leg rod 11 are allowed to pivot relative to each other, allowing the frame 1 to switch from the expanded state to the collapsed state. It should be noted that, optionally, the first connecting seat 151 and the rider 14 are formed separately and then connected by welding, rivets, or other connection methods. Alternatively, the first connecting seat 151 and the rider 14 can form an integrated structure. In such an embodiment, the lower end of the rider 14 and the upper end of the front leg rod 11 are directly connected together during the molding process. Similarly, the second connecting seat 152 can also be formed separately from the front leg rod 11 or form an integrated structure.

参考图8,在一个实施例中,锁定关节15设置有锁定件162。该锁定件162具有锁定位置,当锁定件162处于锁定位置,锁定件162锁定第一连接座151和第二连接座152,以阻止第一连接座151和第二连接座152的相对枢转。8 , in one embodiment, the locking joint 15 is provided with a locking member 162. The locking member 162 has a locking position. When the locking member 162 is in the locking position, the locking member 162 locks the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 to prevent the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 from pivoting relative to each other.

继续参考图8,在一个实施例中,锁定件162可以沿着第一连接座151的轴向(本实施例中的车手14的长度方向)滑动。锁定件162的朝向第二连接座152的一端形成有第二锁定凸1620和第二锁定槽1621。第二连接座152的朝向第一连接座151的一端形成有第一锁定槽1520和第一锁定凸1521。当锁定件162移动至锁定位置,第二锁定凸1620配合在第一锁定槽1520中,并且第一锁定凸1521配合在第二锁定槽1621中。此时,第一锁定凸1521的朝向锁定件162的一侧抵靠第二锁定槽1621的内壁,第一锁定凸1521的侧壁抵靠第二锁定凸1620的侧壁,第二锁定凸1620的朝向第二连接座152的一侧抵靠第一锁定槽1520的内壁。由此,通过锁定件162与第一连接座151的滑动配合、第二锁定凸1620与第一锁定槽1520的抵靠配合以及第一锁定凸1521与第二锁定槽1621的抵靠配合,实现了第一连接座151和第二连接座152的锁定,第一连接座151和第二连接座152的相对枢转被阻止。由此,车手14和前脚杆11被锁定,车手14和前脚杆11的相对枢转被阻止,车架1能够稳定地保持在展开状态。Continuing with FIG8 , in one embodiment, the locking member 162 can slide along the axial direction of the first connecting seat 151 (the lengthwise direction of the rider 14 in this embodiment). A second locking protrusion 1620 and a second locking groove 1621 are formed on the end of the locking member 162 facing the second connecting seat 152. A first locking groove 1520 and a first locking protrusion 1521 are formed on the end of the second connecting seat 151 facing the first connecting seat 151. When the locking member 162 moves to the locked position, the second locking protrusion 1620 fits into the first locking groove 1520, and the first locking protrusion 1521 fits into the second locking groove 1621. At this point, the side of the first locking protrusion 1521 facing the locking member 162 abuts against the inner wall of the second locking groove 1621, the sidewall of the first locking protrusion 1521 abuts against the sidewall of the second locking protrusion 1620, and the side of the second locking protrusion 1620 facing the second connecting seat 152 abuts against the inner wall of the first locking groove 1520. Thus, the first and second connecting seats 151, 152 are locked by the sliding engagement of the locking member 162 with the first connecting seat 151, the abutting engagement of the second locking protrusion 1620 with the first locking groove 1520, and the abutting engagement of the first locking protrusion 1521 with the second locking groove 1621. This prevents relative pivoting of the first and second connecting seats 151, 152. As a result, the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 are locked, preventing relative pivoting of the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, and the bicycle frame 1 can be stably maintained in the deployed state.

需要说明的是,在本实施例中,锁定件162与第一连接座151同轴设置,在其他实施例中,锁定件162可以偏向于第一连接座151的轴向线的一侧设置,只要锁定件162能沿着第一连接座151的轴向滑动并与第二连接座152锁定配合即可。It should be noted that in this embodiment, the locking member 162 is coaxially arranged with the first connecting seat 151. In other embodiments, the locking member 162 can be arranged to one side of the axial line of the first connecting seat 151, as long as the locking member 162 can slide along the axial direction of the first connecting seat 151 and lock with the second connecting seat 152.

在本实施例中,第一连接座151靠近第二连接座152的一端设有第一延伸部和第一凹部,第二连接座152靠近第一连接座151的一端设有第二延伸部和第二凹部,当第一连接座151与第二连接座152相互锁定时,第一延伸部收容于第二凹部,第二延伸部收容于第一凹部,第一延伸部和第二延伸部沿宽度方向W的投影重叠。在本实施例中,车手14和前脚杆11具有圆弧外周面,第一延伸部和第二延伸部也具有圆弧外周面以衔接车手14和前脚杆11的外型。第一锁定槽1520和第一锁定凸1521设于第二延伸部的端部。锁定件162相对于第一延伸部远离前脚杆11。In this embodiment, the first connecting seat 151 has a first extension and a first recess at one end proximal to the second connecting seat 152. The second connecting seat 152 has a second extension and a second recess at one end proximal to the first connecting seat 151. When the first and second connecting seats 151 and 152 are locked together, the first extension is received in the second recess, and the second extension is received in the first recess. The projections of the first and second extensions along the width direction W overlap. In this embodiment, the rider 14 and the front foot bar 11 have circular outer circumferences, and the first and second extensions also have circular outer circumferences to connect the rider 14 and the front foot bar 11. A first locking groove 1520 and a first locking protrusion 1521 are provided at the ends of the second extension. The locking member 162 is spaced away from the front foot bar 11 relative to the first extension.

一并参考图3至图5、以及图8,进一步的,第一连接座151具有自第一延伸部的一侧突设的第一突出部1510,第二连接座152具有自第二延伸部的一侧突设的第二突出部1522。当第一连接座151与第二连接座152相互锁定时,第一突出部1510和第二突出部1522沿宽度方向W重叠。第一连接座151和第二连接座152之间的枢转点位于第一突出部1510和第二突出部1522。在本实施例中,车手14相对于前脚杆11朝向车架1的前方枢转,第一突出部1510和第二突出部1522分别位于第一延伸部和第二延伸部的上边缘侧,当车架处于收合状态时,车手14绕该枢转点旋转而收合位于前脚杆11的上方(如图6所示)。Referring to Figures 3 to 5 and Figure 8 , the first connecting seat 151 further includes a first protrusion 1510 projecting from one side of the first extension, and the second connecting seat 152 includes a second protrusion 1522 projecting from one side of the second extension. When the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 are locked together, the first protrusion 1510 and the second protrusion 1522 overlap in the width direction W. The pivot point between the first connecting seat 151 and the second connecting seat 152 is located at the first protrusion 1510 and the second protrusion 1522. In this embodiment, the rider 14 pivots toward the front of the frame 1 relative to the front foot bar 11. The first protrusion 1510 and the second protrusion 1522 are located on the upper edges of the first and second extensions, respectively. When the frame is in the folded state, the rider 14 rotates about this pivot point and is folded above the front foot bar 11 (as shown in Figure 6).

一并参考图1和图8,在一个实施例中,车架1还设置有释锁机构16。释锁机构16配置为释锁锁定关节15对车手14和前脚杆11的锁定,以允许车手14和前脚杆11的相对枢转。可选地,释锁机构16可以设置在车手14上。该释锁机构16包括:释锁操作件160和第一连接件161。释锁操作件160通过第一连接件161可操作地连接锁定件162。具体地,第一连接件161的一端连接至释锁操作件160,第一连接件161的另一端连接至锁定件162,释锁操作件160通过第一连接件161驱动锁定件162移动至释锁位置。需要说明的是,释锁机构16还可以设有与释锁操作件160连接并穿过车手14的铆钉,第一连接件161的一端可以连接至铆钉以与释锁操作件160连接,车手14可以设有长形槽供铆钉滑动;或者,第一连接件161的一端直接连接至释锁操作件160,车手14也可以设有长形槽供第一连接件161穿出并滑动;又或者,释锁操作件160具有一连接部延伸进入车手14的內腔中,第一连接件161的一端直接连接该连接部中,车手设有长形槽供该连接部滑动。具体地,使用者推拉释锁操作件160来驱动锁定件162移动至释锁位置,以释锁锁定关节15对车手14和前脚杆11的锁定,允许车手14和前脚杆11的相对枢转,进而允许车架1从展开状态向收合状态切换。可选地,如图1所示,释锁操作件160可以设置在车手14上靠近推把142的位置上,以便于使用者操作。本领域技术人员应该理解的是,将释锁操作件160设置在车手14上靠近推把142的位置仅为本申请的一种可选的实施例,释锁操作件160还可以跟据使用需要设置在其他合适的位置,只要能够通过释锁操作件160驱动锁定件162滑动至释锁位置即可。Referring to Figures 1 and 8 together, in one embodiment, the frame 1 is further provided with a release mechanism 16. The release mechanism 16 is configured to release the locking joint 15 from locking the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, thereby allowing the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 to pivot relative to each other. Alternatively, the release mechanism 16 can be provided on the rider 14. The release mechanism 16 includes a release operating member 160 and a first connecting member 161. The release operating member 160 is operably connected to a locking member 162 via the first connecting member 161. Specifically, one end of the first connecting member 161 is connected to the release operating member 160, and the other end of the first connecting member 161 is connected to the locking member 162. The release operating member 160 drives the locking member 162 to an unlocked position via the first connecting member 161. It should be noted that the release mechanism 16 may also include a rivet connected to the release operating member 160 and passing through the rider 14. One end of the first connecting member 161 may be connected to the rivet to connect with the release operating member 160, and the rider 14 may be provided with an elongated slot for the rivet to slide through. Alternatively, one end of the first connecting member 161 may be directly connected to the release operating member 160, and the rider 14 may also be provided with an elongated slot for the first connecting member 161 to pass through and slide through. Alternatively, the release operating member 160 may have a connecting portion extending into the inner cavity of the rider 14, one end of the first connecting member 161 may be directly connected to the connecting portion, and the rider 14 may be provided with an elongated slot for the connecting portion to slide through. Specifically, the user pushes and pulls the release operating member 160 to drive the locking member 162 to the unlocked position, thereby releasing the locking joint 15 from locking the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11, allowing the rider 14 and the front leg bar 11 to pivot relative to each other, thereby allowing the frame 1 to switch from the deployed state to the collapsed state. Alternatively, as shown in FIG1 , the release operating member 160 may be disposed on the rider's hand 14 near the handle 142 for easier operation by the user. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that disposing the release operating member 160 on the rider's hand 14 near the handle 142 is merely an optional embodiment of the present invention. The release operating member 160 may also be disposed at other suitable locations depending on usage requirements, as long as the release operating member 160 can drive the locking member 162 to slide to the unlocked position.

参考图8,在一个实施例中,释锁操作件160为滑动式推钮,其套设在车手14上,并且可以沿着车手14的轴向(即,长度延伸方向)滑动。可选地,释锁操作件160也可以设置为其他形式,例如,按钮、旋钮等,只要能够通过释锁操作件160驱动锁定件162滑动至释锁位置即可。在一个实施例中,第一连接件161为钢线,其设置在车手14的内腔中。可选地,第一连接件161也可以选择其他形式的连接件,例如,连接杆、连接片、连接块等,只要能够使得释锁操作件160可操作地连接锁定件162即可。Referring to FIG8 , in one embodiment, the release operating member 160 is a sliding push button that is mounted on the rider's hand 14 and can slide along the axial direction (i.e., the lengthwise direction) of the rider's hand 14. Alternatively, the release operating member 160 can be configured in other forms, such as a push button or a knob, as long as the release operating member 160 can drive the locking member 162 to slide to the unlocked position. In one embodiment, the first connecting member 161 is a steel wire that is disposed within the inner cavity of the rider's hand 14. Alternatively, the first connecting member 161 can be configured in other forms, such as a connecting rod, a connecting plate, a connecting block, etc., as long as the release operating member 160 can be operably connected to the locking member 162.

参考图8,在一个实施例中,锁定关节15还包括:第一复位件163。该第一复位件163固定在第一连接座151中,并且抵靠锁定件162。该第一复位件163配置为使得锁定件162具有滑动至锁定位置的运动趋势。可选地,第一复位件163为弹簧,该弹簧设置在第一连接座151内,该弹簧的一端连接在第一连接座151(或车手14上)中,该弹簧的另一端连接至锁定件162。该弹簧配置为持续对锁定件162施加压力,使得锁定件162具有滑动至锁定位置的运动趋势。可选地,第一复位件163也可以选择其他形式的复位机构,例如,弹片、扭簧等,只要能够使得锁定件162具有滑动至锁定位置的运动趋势即可。Referring to Figure 8, in one embodiment, the locking joint 15 further includes a first return member 163. The first return member 163 is fixed in the first connecting seat 151 and abuts the locking member 162. The first return member 163 is configured to cause the locking member 162 to have a tendency to slide to the locked position. Optionally, the first return member 163 is a spring disposed in the first connecting seat 151, one end of the spring being connected to the first connecting seat 151 (or to the rider 14), and the other end of the spring being connected to the locking member 162. The spring is configured to continuously apply pressure to the locking member 162, causing the locking member 162 to have a tendency to slide to the locked position. Alternatively, the first return member 163 may also be a return mechanism of other forms, such as a spring, a torsion spring, etc., as long as it can cause the locking member 162 to have a tendency to slide to the locked position.

参考图3、图7和图8,在一个实施例中,车手14包括:推把142;内杆140;和外杆141。内杆140的上端连接至推把142,内杆140的另一端套设在外杆141内,并且内杆140可以在外杆141内滑动,以调整车手14的长度和高度。车架1还包括车手长度调整机构17,车手长度调整机构17可操作地连接至内杆140和外杆141,以锁定内杆140和外杆141的相对位置,或者允许内杆140和外杆141相对滑动。3 , 7 , and 8 , in one embodiment, the rider 14 includes a push handle 142, an inner rod 140, and an outer rod 141. The upper end of the inner rod 140 is connected to the push handle 142, and the other end of the inner rod 140 is sleeved within the outer rod 141. The inner rod 140 can slide within the outer rod 141 to adjust the length and height of the rider 14. The frame 1 also includes a rider length adjustment mechanism 17 operatively connected to the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to lock the relative position of the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 or to allow the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to slide relative to each other.

在图7和图8所示的实施例中,车手长度调整机构17包括:调整按钮170;第二复位件171;调整件173;第三复位件175;以及第二连接件172。调整按钮170设置在推把142上,并且能够在调整位置和固定位置之间滑动。第二复位件171抵靠调整按钮170,并且配置为使得调整按钮170具有滑动至固定位置的运动趋势。可选地,第二复位件171为弹簧,该弹簧设置在推把142内,该弹簧的一端连接在推把142中,该弹簧的另一端连接至调整按钮170的一端。该弹簧配置为持续对调整按钮170施加压力,使得调整按钮170具有滑动至固定位置的运动趋势。可选地,第二复位件171也可以选择其他形式的复位机构,例如,弹片、扭簧等,只要能够使得调整按钮170具有滑动至固定位置的运动趋势即可。调整按钮170可驱动的连接至第二连接件172的一端,第二连接件172的另一端连接至驱动件174。当朝向调整位置按压调整按钮170时,调整按钮170使得第二连接件172被朝向推把142的方向拉动(朝上拉动),由此经由第二连接件172拉动驱动件174,使得驱动件174沿着內杆140的朝向推把142滑动。在一个实施例中,第二连接件172是钢线。当朝向调整位置按压调整按钮170时,调整按钮170使得钢线张紧,由此钢线拉动驱动件174,使得驱动件174沿着內杆140的朝向推把142滑动。可选地,第二连接件172也可以选择其他形式的连接件,例如,连接杆、连接片、连接块等,只要能够使得调整按钮170可驱动地连接至驱动件174即可。In the embodiment shown in Figures 7 and 8, the rider length adjustment mechanism 17 includes an adjustment button 170; a second return member 171; an adjustment member 173; a third return member 175; and a second connecting member 172. The adjustment button 170 is disposed on the handle 142 and is slidable between an adjustment position and a fixed position. The second return member 171 abuts against the adjustment button 170 and is configured to cause the adjustment button 170 to slide to the fixed position. Optionally, the second return member 171 is a spring disposed within the handle 142, with one end of the spring connected to the handle 142 and the other end connected to one end of the adjustment button 170. The spring is configured to continuously apply pressure to the adjustment button 170, causing it to slide to the fixed position. Alternatively, the second return member 171 may be another type of return mechanism, such as a spring, a torsion spring, or the like, as long as it causes the adjustment button 170 to slide to the fixed position. The adjustment button 170 is drivably connected to one end of a second connecting member 172, the other end of which is connected to a driving member 174. When the adjustment button 170 is pressed toward the adjustment position, the adjustment button 170 pulls the second connecting member 172 toward the push handle 142 (upward), thereby pulling the driving member 174 via the second connecting member 172, causing the driving member 174 to slide along the inner rod 140 toward the push handle 142. In one embodiment, the second connecting member 172 is a steel wire. When the adjustment button 170 is pressed toward the adjustment position, the adjustment button 170 tensions the steel wire, thereby pulling the driving member 174, causing the driving member 174 to slide along the inner rod 140 toward the push handle 142. Alternatively, the second connecting member 172 may be another connecting member, such as a connecting rod, a connecting plate, a connecting block, etc., as long as the adjustment button 170 can be drivably connected to the driving member 174.

在一个实施例中,调整件173设置在内杆140中,调整件173允许内杆140和外杆141相对滑动,或者调整件173锁定内杆140和外杆141的相对位置。具体地,调整件173固定在内杆140的下端,调整件173设置有直槽1730,直槽1730内设置有锁定件1731,锁定件1731能够沿着直槽1730滑动。可选地,锁定件1731是锁定销。外杆141上设置有多个锁定孔1410,当锁定件1731滑入锁定孔1410,内杆140不能在外杆141中滑动,由此,调整件173锁定内杆140和外杆141的相对位置,锁定车手14的长度;当锁定件1731滑出锁定孔1410,内杆140允许在外杆141中滑动,由此,调整件173释放对内杆140和外杆141的相对位置的锁定,允许调节车手14的长度。驱动件174设置在内杆140中,驱动件174的一端连接至第二连接件172,驱动件174的另一端设置有驱动斜槽(未图示),设置在锁定件1731中的销钉1732(例如,铆钉)穿过驱动斜槽,将驱动件174与锁定件1731连接。当使用者将调整按钮170按压至调整位置,第二连接件172(例如钢线)拉动驱动件174,使得驱动件174沿着內杆140朝向推把142滑动,驱动件174的驱动斜槽迫使锁定件1731沿着直槽1730朝向退出锁定孔1410的方向滑动,由此锁定件1731滑出锁定孔1410,允许调节车手14的长度。当车手14被调整为具有适当长度时,使用者释放对于调整按钮170的按压,在第二复位件171的作用下,调整按钮170从调整位置回复至固定位置,此时,第二连接件172不再对驱动件174施加拉力,在第三复位件175的作用下,驱动件174具有沿着內杆140朝向远离推把142的方向滑动的趋势,由此驱动件174的驱动斜槽使得锁定件1731具有沿着直槽1730朝向进入锁定孔1410的方向滑动的运动趋势。此时,如果锁定件1731的相应端位于锁定孔1410所在的位置,则锁定件1731将滑入锁定孔1410,锁定车手14的长度;如果锁定件1731的相应端没有位于锁定孔1410所在的位置,只需略微调整车手的长度,使得锁定件1731的相应端到达最近的锁定孔1410所在的位置,之后,锁定件1731将自动滑入锁定孔1410,锁定车手14的长度。应该注意的是,调整件173可以选择本领域技术人员所知晓的任意结构,本申请对此不做限制。In one embodiment, an adjustment member 173 is disposed in the inner rod 140. The adjustment member 173 allows the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to slide relative to each other, or the adjustment member 173 locks the relative position of the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141. Specifically, the adjustment member 173 is fixed to the lower end of the inner rod 140 and is provided with a straight slot 1730. A locking member 1731 is disposed within the straight slot 1730 and is capable of sliding along the straight slot 1730. Optionally, the locking member 1731 is a locking pin. The outer rod 141 is provided with a plurality of locking holes 1410. When the locking member 1731 slides into the locking hole 1410, the inner rod 140 cannot slide in the outer rod 141. As a result, the adjusting member 173 locks the relative position of the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141, thereby locking the length of the rider 14. When the locking member 1731 slides out of the locking hole 1410, the inner rod 140 is allowed to slide in the outer rod 141. As a result, the adjusting member 173 releases the lock on the relative position of the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141, allowing the length of the rider 14 to be adjusted. A driving member 174 is provided in the inner rod 140. One end of the driving member 174 is connected to the second connecting member 172. The other end of the driving member 174 is provided with a driving inclined slot (not shown). A pin 1732 (e.g., a rivet) provided in the locking member 1731 passes through the driving inclined slot to connect the driving member 174 to the locking member 1731. When the user presses the adjustment button 170 to the adjustment position, the second connecting member 172 (such as a steel wire) pulls the driving member 174, causing the driving member 174 to slide along the inner rod 140 toward the push handle 142, and the driving inclined groove of the driving member 174 forces the locking member 1731 to slide along the straight groove 1730 toward the direction of exiting the locking hole 1410, thereby sliding the locking member 1731 out of the locking hole 1410, allowing the length of the rider 14 to be adjusted. When the rider 14 is adjusted to an appropriate length, the user releases the pressure on the adjustment button 170. Under the action of the second reset member 171, the adjustment button 170 returns to the fixed position from the adjustment position. At this time, the second connecting member 172 no longer applies a pulling force to the driving member 174. Under the action of the third reset member 175, the driving member 174 has a tendency to slide along the inner rod 140 in the direction away from the push handle 142. As a result, the driving inclined groove of the driving member 174 causes the locking member 1731 to have a movement tendency to slide along the straight groove 1730 in the direction of entering the locking hole 1410. At this time, if the corresponding end of the locking member 1731 is located at the position where the locking hole 1410 is located, the locking member 1731 will slide into the locking hole 1410, locking the length of the rider 14. If the corresponding end of the locking member 1731 is not located at the position where the locking hole 1410 is located, it is only necessary to slightly adjust the length of the rider so that the corresponding end of the locking member 1731 reaches the position where the nearest locking hole 1410 is located. After that, the locking member 1731 will automatically slide into the locking hole 1410, locking the length of the rider 14. It should be noted that the adjustment member 173 can be any structure known to those skilled in the art, and this application is not limited thereto.

在一个实施例中,第三复位件175的一端抵靠调整件173,第三复位件175的另一端抵靠驱动件174。第三复位件175配置为使得驱动件174具有朝向远离推把142的方向滑动的运动趋势。可选地,第三复位件175为弹簧,该弹簧的一端(如图8中第三复位件175的靠近推把142的一端)抵靠调整件173,该弹簧的另一端(如图8中第三复位件175的远离推把142的一端)抵靠驱动件174。该弹簧配置为持续对抵靠驱动件174压力,使得抵靠驱动件174具有朝向远离推把142的方向滑动的运动趋势。可选地,第三复位件175也可以选择其他形式的复位机构,例如,弹片、扭簧等,只要能够使得驱动件174具有朝向远离推把142的方向滑动的趋势即可。In one embodiment, one end of the third return member 175 abuts the adjustment member 173, and the other end of the third return member 175 abuts the driving member 174. The third return member 175 is configured to cause the driving member 174 to slide away from the push handle 142. Optionally, the third return member 175 is a spring, with one end of the spring (such as the end of the third return member 175 near the push handle 142 in FIG8 ) abutting the adjustment member 173, and the other end of the spring (such as the end of the third return member 175 away from the push handle 142 in FIG8 ) abutting the driving member 174. The spring is configured to continuously apply pressure to the driving member 174, causing the driving member 174 to slide away from the push handle 142. Alternatively, the third return member 175 may be a return mechanism of other forms, such as a spring, a torsion spring, etc., as long as it can cause the driving member 174 to slide away from the push handle 142.

参考图1,在一个实施例中,车架1还包括:支撑架13。支撑架13为大致的矩形结构。可选地,支撑架13的边缘,例如,大致沿着长度方向L延伸的边缘,可以朝向支撑架13的内部凹入,以避免与车架1的其他部件发生干涉,这将在后文详细描述。该支撑架13可枢转地连接至锁定关节15。优选地,支撑架13的中部可枢转地连接至锁定关节15,以有助于减小收合状态的车架1在长度方向(L)上的尺寸。可选地,该支撑架13上可以设置有诸如餐盘组件130、遮阳蓬组件131、座椅固定机构132等的附件。餐盘组件130可以用于放置餐具(未图示);遮阳蓬组件131可以用于安装遮阳蓬(未图示);座椅固定机构132可以用于连接例如睡篮、安全座椅(未图示)等机构。进一步地,在本实施例中,车架1还包括联动杆18。该联动杆18的一端可枢转地连接至支撑架13,联动杆18的另一端可枢转地连接至后脚杆12。当车架1处于展开状态,联动杆18在支撑架13上的枢接点与锁定关节15在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上大致等高,并且共同支承支撑架13,使得支撑架13处于稳定地且不可枢转的状态。当车架1从展开状态切换至收合状态时,联动杆18朝向车架1的后方枢转,后脚杆12朝向车架1的前方枢转,由此联动杆18和后脚杆12之间的夹角γ逐渐增大,如图3至图5所示。联动杆18在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上高度逐渐降低,同时,伴随着锁定关节15在高度方向H上高度逐渐降低,锁定关节15在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上高度也逐渐降低,在这过程中,锁定关节15在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上高度的降低速度大于联动杆18在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上的高度降低速度,由此支撑架13将呈现前低后高的倾斜姿态,如图3至图5所示。最终,在高度方向H上,支撑架13、车手14、前脚杆11、后脚杆12与底架10紧密的堆叠在一起,由此,车架1切换至收合状态,如图6所示。在本实施例中,后脚杆12与车手14的枢接点位于车手14的朝向车架1内部的一侧,后脚杆12的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向H的投影与前脚杆11或者车手14的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向H的投影不重叠,由此,在收合状态下,后脚杆12和前脚杆11在宽度方向W上彼此错开。Referring to Figure 1 , in one embodiment, the vehicle frame 1 further includes a support frame 13. The support frame 13 is a generally rectangular structure. Optionally, the edges of the support frame 13, for example, the edges extending generally along the longitudinal direction L, may be recessed toward the interior of the support frame 13 to prevent interference with other components of the vehicle frame 1, as will be described in detail later. The support frame 13 is pivotally connected to a locking joint 15. Preferably, the middle portion of the support frame 13 is pivotally connected to the locking joint 15 to help reduce the longitudinal dimension (L) of the vehicle frame 1 in the collapsed state. Optionally, the support frame 13 may be provided with accessories such as a dining tray assembly 130, a sunshade assembly 131, and a seat securing mechanism 132. The dining tray assembly 130 can be used to place tableware (not shown); the sunshade assembly 131 can be used to install a sunshade (not shown); and the seat securing mechanism 132 can be used to connect to a device such as a bassinet or a safety seat (not shown). Furthermore, in this embodiment, the vehicle frame 1 further includes a linkage rod 18. One end of the linkage rod 18 is pivotally connected to the support frame 13, and the other end of the linkage rod 18 is pivotally connected to the rear leg rod 12. When the vehicle frame 1 is in the deployed state, the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 and the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 are approximately the same height in the height direction H, and together they support the support frame 13, keeping the support frame 13 stable and non-pivotable. When the vehicle frame 1 switches from the deployed state to the collapsed state, the linkage rod 18 pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame 1, and the rear leg rod 12 pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame 1, thereby gradually increasing the angle γ between the linkage rod 18 and the rear leg rod 12, as shown in Figures 3 to 5. The pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 gradually lowers in the height direction H. Simultaneously, as the locking joint 15 gradually lowers in the height direction H, the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 also gradually lowers in the height direction H. During this process, the rate of decrease in the height direction H of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 is greater than the rate of decrease in the height direction H of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13. As a result, the support frame 13 assumes an inclined posture with the front lower and the rear higher, as shown in Figures 3 to 5. Ultimately, in the height direction H, the support frame 13, the rider 14, the front leg rod 11, the rear leg rod 12, and the underframe 10 are tightly stacked together, thereby switching the frame 1 to the collapsed state, as shown in Figure 6. In this embodiment, the pivot point between the rear foot bar 12 and the rider 14 is located on the side of the rider 14 facing the inside of the frame 1, and the projection of the pivot trajectory of the rear foot bar 12 along the height direction H does not overlap with the projection of the pivot trajectory of the front foot bar 11 or the rider 14 along the height direction H. Therefore, in the folded state, the rear foot bar 12 and the front foot bar 11 are staggered with each other in the width direction W.

一并参考图1和图6,在一个实施例中,支撑架13的大致沿着长度方向L延伸的边缘,朝向支撑架13的内部凹入。底架10的两个在大致沿着长度方向L延伸的边缘之间的距离从车架1的前端至后端逐渐减小。在车架1的展开状态下,支撑架13在高度方向H上的投影落在底架10在高度方向H上的投影内,也即,支撑架13的两个大致沿着长度方向L延伸的边缘之间的距离不大于底架10的两个在大致沿着长度方向L延伸的边缘之间的距离。后脚杆12在长度方向L上的投影呈大致的“S”形状,具体地,后脚杆12的大致的上段具有朝向车架1外部凸出的外凸部122,外凸部122用于避让支撑架13,以允许后脚杆12的上端可枢转地连接至车手14;后脚杆12的大致的下段具有朝向车架1内部凹入的内凹部123,内凹部123用于为联动杆18提供枢转连接点。当车架1在展开状态和收合状态之间切换时,支撑架13的大致沿着长度方向L延伸的边缘上的凹入和后脚杆12的外凸部122为后脚杆12的枢转提供了枢转空间,避免支撑架13与后脚杆12发生干涉。Referring to Figures 1 and 6 together, in one embodiment, the edges of the support frame 13 extending generally along the length direction L are recessed toward the interior of the support frame 13. The distance between the two edges of the chassis 10 extending generally along the length direction L gradually decreases from the front end to the rear end of the vehicle frame 1. In the deployed state of the vehicle frame 1, the projection of the support frame 13 in the height direction H falls within the projection of the chassis 10 in the height direction H. In other words, the distance between the two edges of the support frame 13 extending generally along the length direction L is no greater than the distance between the two edges of the chassis 10 extending generally along the length direction L. The projection of the rear leg lever 12 along the longitudinal direction L is generally S-shaped. Specifically, the upper portion of the rear leg lever 12 has a protruding portion 122 that projects outward from the frame 1. This protruding portion 122 is used to clear the support frame 13, allowing the upper end of the rear leg lever 12 to be pivotally connected to the rider 14. The lower portion of the rear leg lever 12 has a recessed portion 123 that is recessed toward the interior of the frame 1. This recessed portion 123 provides a pivot connection point for the linkage rod 18. When the frame 1 is switched between the deployed and collapsed positions, the recessed edge of the support frame 13, which extends generally along the longitudinal direction L, and the protruding portion 122 of the rear leg lever 12 provide space for the rear leg lever 12 to pivot, preventing interference between the support frame 13 and the rear leg lever 12.

在图1至图6所示的实施例中,车架1还包括:前脚座110和后脚座120。前脚座110连接至底架10,前脚杆11可枢转地连接至前脚座110。后脚座120连接至底架10,后脚杆12可枢转地连接至后脚座120。在一个实施例中,车架1还设置有拉杆19,使用者可以通过拉杆19拉动推车。可选地,拉杆19设置在底架10的前部。优选地,拉杆19可枢转地设置在第二杆103的中部。参考图1和图3,在一个实施例中,拉杆19可以沿着设置在底架10底部的滑轨196滑动至位于底架10底部的收纳位置。如图2所示,底架10呈自前向后、自上向下倾斜设置,滑轨196也呈倾斜设置,以能够导引拉杆19滑动至收纳位置,且便于使用者拉出拉杆19。In the embodiment shown in Figures 1 to 6 , the frame 1 further includes a front footrest 110 and a rear footrest 120. The front footrest 110 is connected to the base frame 10, and the front footbar 11 is pivotally connected to the front footrest 110. The rear footrest 120 is connected to the base frame 10, and the rear footbar 12 is pivotally connected to the rear footrest 120. In one embodiment, the frame 1 is also provided with a pull rod 19, which allows the user to pull the stroller. Optionally, the pull rod 19 is provided at the front of the base frame 10. Preferably, the pull rod 19 is pivotally provided at the middle of the second rod 103. Referring to Figures 1 and 3 , in one embodiment, the pull rod 19 can slide along a slide rail 196 provided at the bottom of the base frame 10 to a storage position at the bottom of the base frame 10. As shown in Figure 2 , the base frame 10 is tilted from front to back and from top to bottom. The slide rail 196 is also tilted to guide the pull rod 19 to slide to the storage position and facilitate the user's removal of the pull rod 19.

图9示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的处于展开状态的车架1的透视图。图10至图13示出了图9所示的车架1从展开状态切换至收合状态的过程。图9所示的实施例中的车架1与图1所示的实施例中的车架1在结构上大致相同,以下仅针对二者的差异进行说明。FIG9 shows a perspective view of a vehicle frame 1 in an expanded state according to one embodiment of the present application. FIG10 to FIG13 illustrate the process of switching the vehicle frame 1 shown in FIG9 from the expanded state to the collapsed state. The vehicle frame 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG9 is substantially structurally identical to the vehicle frame 1 in the embodiment shown in FIG1 , and only the differences between the two are described below.

参考图9,在本实施例中,第一杆100上形成有朝向车架1的内部凸入的第一弯曲部1001,以形成第一避让空间10010,当车架1处于收合状态时,前脚杆11的至少一部分位于第一避让空间10010内。可选地,第一弯曲部1001在第一杆100上的位置设置为:当车架1处于收合状态,前脚杆11的轴向延伸长度的至少一半能够位于第一避让空间10010内(如图13所示),以使得收合后的车架1的结构更加紧凑,进一步减小收合后的车架1在长度方向L和高度方向H上的尺寸。9 , in this embodiment, a first curved portion 1001 is formed on the first rod 100, protruding toward the interior of the frame 1, to define a first escape space 10010. When the frame 1 is in the folded state, at least a portion of the front leg rod 11 is located within the first escape space 10010. Optionally, the first curved portion 1001 is positioned on the first rod 100 such that, when the frame 1 is in the folded state, at least half of the axial extension length of the front leg rod 11 can be located within the first escape space 10010 (as shown in FIG. 13 ). This makes the folded frame 1 more compact and further reduces the dimensions of the folded frame 1 in the length direction L and the height direction H.

一并参考图9和图13,在本实施例中,后脚杆12上形成有朝向车架1的后部凸出的第二弯曲部121,以形成第二避让空间1210。当车架1处于收合状态时,车手14的至少一部分位于第二避让空间1210内。可选地,第二弯曲部121设置为:在车架1切换至收合状态的过程中,锁定关节15能够容纳在第二避让空间1210中,由此后脚杆12不会限制车手14相对于前脚杆11的枢转;当车架1完全进入收合状态,车手14的轴向延伸长度的至少一半能够位于第二避让空间1210内(如图13所示),后脚杆12的一部分贴靠于车手14的上方,由此使得收合后的车架1的结构更加紧凑,进一步减小收合后的车架1在长度方向L和高度方向H上的尺寸。Referring to Figures 9 and 13 , in this embodiment, the rear leg bar 12 is formed with a second curved portion 121 that protrudes toward the rear of the frame 1, thereby forming a second escape space 1210. When the frame 1 is in the collapsed state, at least a portion of the rider 14 is located within the second escape space 1210. Optionally, the second curved portion 121 is configured such that, during the transition of the frame 1 to the collapsed state, the locking joint 15 can be accommodated within the second escape space 1210, thereby preventing the rear leg bar 12 from restricting the rider 14 from pivoting relative to the front leg bar 11. When the frame 1 is fully collapsed, at least half of the rider 14's axial extension is located within the second escape space 1210 (as shown in Figure 13 ), with a portion of the rear leg bar 12 positioned above the rider 14. This makes the collapsed frame 1 more compact and further reduces its dimensions in the length L and height H directions.

一并参考图9和图13,在本实施例中,联动杆18的一端可枢转地连接至支撑架13,联动杆18的另一端在宽度方向W上朝向车架1的外部凸出,以可枢转地连接至前脚杆11。后脚杆12与车手14的枢接点在高度方向H上位于车手14下侧,后脚杆12的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向H的投影与前脚杆11和/或车手14的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向H的投影至少部分重叠。9 and 13 , in this embodiment, one end of a linkage rod 18 is pivotally connected to the support frame 13, and the other end of the linkage rod 18 projects outward from the bicycle frame 1 in the width direction W to be pivotally connected to the front leg bar 11. The pivot point between the rear leg bar 12 and the rider 14 is located below the rider 14 in the height direction H, and the projection of the pivot path of the rear leg bar 12 along the height direction H at least partially overlaps with the projection of the pivot path of the front leg bar 11 and/or the rider 14 along the height direction H.

一并参考图10至图13,当车架1从展开状态切换至收合状态时,车手14和后脚杆12朝向车架1的前方枢转,前脚杆11朝向车架1的后方枢转,第一杆100、前脚杆11、后脚杆12和车手14不再保持大致的三角形的结构。在收合过程中,车手14、前脚杆11和后脚杆12逐渐靠近底架10,直至在高度方向H上,车手14、前脚杆11、后脚杆12与底架10紧密的堆叠在一起。此时,前脚杆11的至少一部分位于第一避让空间10010内,并且车手14的至少一部分位于第二避让空间1210内,由此,车架1切换至收合状态,如图13所示。与展开状态相比,收合状态下的车架1在高度方向H以及长度方向L的尺寸显著地减小,由此可以容易地收纳和存储,例如收纳在汽车的车尾箱中。进一步地,车架1尺寸的显著减小,使得使用者可以更加容易地提起和搬运推车。进一步地,在本实施例中,支撑架13与锁定关节15的枢接位置,或者更准确地说,是支撑架13与车手14的枢接位置与支撑架13的中部存在一定的偏置距离。具体地,支撑架13与车手14的枢接位置朝向支撑架13的远离联动杆18的一侧偏置。联动杆18设置在支撑架13和前脚杆11之间,当车架1处于展开状态,联动杆18在支撑架13上的枢接点与锁定关节15在支撑架13上的枢接点(或者车手14在支撑架13上的枢接点)在高度方向H上大致等高,并且共同支承支撑架13,使得支撑架13处于稳定地且不可枢转的状态。当车架1从展开状态切换至收合状态时,联动杆18朝向车架1的前方枢转,联动杆18在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上高度逐渐降低,同时,伴随着车手14朝向车架1的前方枢转,锁定关节15在支撑架13上的枢接点(或者车手14在支撑架13上的枢接点)在高度方向H上高度也逐渐降低。在这个过程中联动杆18在支撑架13上的枢接点在高度方向H上的高度下降速度与锁定关节15在支撑架13上的枢接点(或者车手14在支撑架13上的枢接点)在高度方向H上的高度下降速度大致相同,由此在收合过程中,支撑架13相对于平行于长度方向L和宽度方向W的平面几乎不发生枢转,支撑架13保持大致的水平状态,如图10至图12所示。最后,在高度方向H上,支撑架13、车手14、前脚杆11、后脚杆12与底架10紧密的堆叠在一起。本实施例的设计至少带来了以下的有益效果:Referring to Figures 10 to 13 , when the bicycle frame 1 switches from the deployed state to the collapsed state, the rider 14 and the rear leg bar 12 pivot toward the front of the bicycle frame 1, while the front leg bar 11 pivots toward the rear of the bicycle frame 1. The first rod 100, the front leg bar 11, the rear leg bar 12, and the rider 14 no longer maintain a roughly triangular configuration. During the collapse process, the rider 14, the front leg bar 11, and the rear leg bar 12 gradually approach the base frame 10 until they are tightly stacked together in the height direction H. At this point, at least a portion of the front leg bar 11 is located within the first escape space 10010, and at least a portion of the rider 14 is located within the second escape space 1210. Thus, the bicycle frame 1 switches to the collapsed state, as shown in Figure 13 . Compared to the deployed state, the dimensions of the frame 1 in the folded state are significantly reduced in both the height H and length L, making it easier to store and accommodate, for example, in the trunk of a car. Furthermore, the significantly reduced size of the frame 1 makes it easier for the user to lift and carry the stroller. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the pivot point between the support frame 13 and the locking joint 15, or more precisely, the pivot point between the support frame 13 and the rider 14, is offset from the center of the support frame 13. Specifically, the pivot point between the support frame 13 and the rider 14 is offset toward the side of the support frame 13 that is away from the linkage rod 18. The linkage rod 18 is disposed between the support frame 13 and the front leg rod 11. When the frame 1 is in the deployed state, the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 and the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 (or the pivot point of the rider 14 on the support frame 13) are approximately at the same height in the height direction H. Together, they support the support frame 13, maintaining a stable and non-pivotable position. When the frame 1 switches from the deployed state to the collapsed state, the linkage rod 18 pivots toward the front of the frame 1, and the pivot point of the linkage rod 18 on the support frame 13 gradually decreases in the height direction H. Simultaneously, as the rider 14 pivots toward the front of the frame 1, the pivot point of the locking joint 15 on the support frame 13 (or the pivot point of the rider 14 on the support frame 13) also gradually decreases in the height direction H. During this process, the speed at which the linkage rod 18 pivots on the support frame 13 descends in the height direction H is approximately the same as the speed at which the locking joint 15 pivots on the support frame 13 (or the rider 14 pivots on the support frame 13). Consequently, during the folding process, the support frame 13 barely pivots relative to a plane parallel to the length direction L and width direction W, and the support frame 13 remains approximately horizontal, as shown in Figures 10 to 12. Finally, in the height direction H, the support frame 13, rider 14, front leg rod 11, rear leg rod 12, and base frame 10 are tightly stacked together. The design of this embodiment provides at least the following beneficial effects:

1.避免了因支撑架13发生枢转意外夹伤或者撞击使用者的身体的某一部分,例如手、膝盖等;1. Avoiding accidental pinching or collision of a part of the user's body, such as the hands or knees, due to the pivoting of the support frame 13;

2.当支撑架13套设有布套时,支撑架13与布套一起以大致水平姿态下降收合,与图1所示的实施例相比,布套不同位置的材料能够更加均匀地压缩和收折,由此,收合后会更加平整。2. When the support frame 13 is covered with a cloth cover, the support frame 13 and the cloth cover are lowered and folded in a roughly horizontal posture. Compared with the embodiment shown in Figure 1, the materials at different positions of the cloth cover can be compressed and folded more evenly, thereby being flatter after folding.

继续参考图9,在本实施例中,两条第一杆100之间设置有第二加强杆102,该第二加强杆102用于增强底架10的整体结构稳定性。尤其地,该第二加强杆102用于增加第一弯曲部1001处的结构稳定性。可选地,第二加强杆102的两端分别与两条第一杆100的第一弯曲部1001连接。可选地,第二加强杆102设置为弧形结构。Continuing with Figure 9, in this embodiment, a second reinforcing rod 102 is disposed between the two first rods 100. This second reinforcing rod 102 is used to enhance the overall structural stability of the chassis 10. In particular, this second reinforcing rod 102 is used to increase the structural stability at the first curved portion 1001. Optionally, both ends of the second reinforcing rod 102 are respectively connected to the first curved portions 1001 of the two first rods 100. Optionally, the second reinforcing rod 102 is configured as an arc-shaped structure.

一并参考图9和图14,在本实施例中调整按钮170为套设在内杆140上的推钮,并且调整按钮170能够沿着内杆140的轴向在调整位置和固定位置之间滑动。当使用者推拉调整按钮170,使得调整按钮170从固定位置滑动至调整位置,调整按钮170通过第二连接件172驱动调整件173滑动至调整状态,以允许内杆140和外杆141相对滑动,由此允许调整车手14的长度和高度。9 and 14 , in this embodiment, the adjustment button 170 is a push button mounted on the inner rod 140 and is slidable along the axial direction of the inner rod 140 between an adjustment position and a fixed position. When a user pushes or pulls the adjustment button 170, causing it to slide from the fixed position to the adjustment position, the adjustment button 170 drives the adjustment member 173 to slide to the adjustment position via the second connecting member 172, allowing the inner rod 140 and the outer rod 141 to slide relative to each other, thereby allowing the length and height of the rider 14 to be adjusted.

根据本申请的一个实施例还提供了一种推车,该推车包括根据本申请的实施例的车架1和套设在支撑架13上布套(未图示)。支撑架13和布套共同形成推车的置物空间。According to one embodiment of the present application, a cart is provided, which includes a frame 1 according to an embodiment of the present application and a cloth cover (not shown) mounted on a support frame 13. The support frame 13 and the cloth cover together form a storage space for the cart.

下文以图1所示的实施例为例说明根据本申请的实施例的车架1的收合过程。如图1和图2所示,车架1处于展开状态。收合时,首先,将座椅固定机构132上连接的诸如睡篮、安全座椅等机构拆除,并且将座椅固定机构132调整为图1所示的收纳姿态;将拉杆19枢转并滑动至收纳位置;并且将遮阳蓬组件131调整至收纳姿态,如图3所示。然后,使用者推拉例如为释锁推钮的释锁操作件160并且朝向车架1的前方推动车手14枢转,使得车手14带动后脚杆12朝向车架1的前方枢转,带动前脚杆11朝向车架1的后方枢转。当车手14越过竖直位置(即,车手14的轴向延伸平行于高度方向H的位置)使用者无需继续推动车手14,车手14、前脚杆11和后脚杆12将在重力作用下逐渐靠近底架10,直至在高度方向H上,车手14、前脚杆11、后脚杆12与底架10紧密的堆叠在一起,车架1切换至收合状态,如图5和图6所示。最后,使用者将收合钩1002钩挂在连接凸143上,以将车架1保持在收合状态,避免意外展开。The following describes the folding process of the vehicle frame 1 according to an embodiment of the present application, taking the embodiment shown in FIG1 as an example. As shown in FIG1 and FIG2 , the vehicle frame 1 is in the unfolded state. When folding, first, the mechanism such as the sleeping cot or safety seat connected to the seat fixing mechanism 132 is removed, and the seat fixing mechanism 132 is adjusted to the storage position shown in FIG1 ; the pull rod 19 is pivoted and slid to the storage position; and the awning assembly 131 is adjusted to the storage position, as shown in FIG3 . Then, the user pushes and pulls the release operating member 160, such as a release button, and pushes the rider 14 to pivot toward the front of the vehicle frame 1, so that the rider 14 drives the rear leg rod 12 to pivot toward the front of the vehicle frame 1 and drives the front leg rod 11 to pivot toward the rear of the vehicle frame 1. When the rider 14 passes the vertical position (i.e., the position where the axial extension of the rider 14 is parallel to the height direction H), the user no longer needs to push the rider 14. The rider 14, the front leg bar 11, and the rear leg bar 12 gradually approach the base frame 10 under the action of gravity until the rider 14, the front leg bar 11, and the rear leg bar 12 are tightly stacked with the base frame 10 in the height direction H, and the frame 1 switches to the folded state, as shown in Figures 5 and 6. Finally, the user hooks the folding hook 1002 onto the connecting protrusion 143 to maintain the frame 1 in the folded state and prevent accidental deployment.

参考图15至图17,本申请的一个实施例提供了一种推车,该推车包括:底架10和拉杆机构2,该拉杆机构2连接至底架10。该拉杆机构2包括:拉杆19;转动部192;以及第三连接座194。拉杆19的一端连接至转动部192,转动部192连接至第三连接座194,并且能够在第一枢转位置和第二枢转位置之间枢转。以底架10或转动部192为参照,当拉杆19在第一枢转位置时,拉杆19处于第一角度,当拉杆19在第二枢转位置时,拉杆19处于第二角度。换言之,拉杆19能相对于底架10(或第三连接座194)在第一角度和第二角度之间枢转。具体地,当转动部192枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆19枢转至竖起位置,如图15所示;当转动部192枢转至第二枢转位置,拉杆19枢转至躺倒位置,如图17所示。使用者通过拉杆19拉动推车时,拉杆19和转动部192会枢转至与使用者的身高和臂长相对匹配的使用位置,例如,拉杆19在图16中所处的位置,方便使用者作业。15 to 17 , an embodiment of the present application provides a cart comprising: a base frame 10 and a pull rod mechanism 2 connected to the base frame 10. The pull rod mechanism 2 comprises: a pull rod 19; a rotating portion 192; and a third connecting seat 194. One end of the pull rod 19 is connected to the rotating portion 192, and the rotating portion 192 is connected to the third connecting seat 194 and is capable of pivoting between a first pivot position and a second pivot position. With reference to the base frame 10 or the rotating portion 192, when the pull rod 19 is in the first pivot position, the pull rod 19 is at a first angle, and when the pull rod 19 is in the second pivot position, the pull rod 19 is at a second angle. In other words, the pull rod 19 can pivot between a first angle and a second angle relative to the base frame 10 (or the third connecting seat 194). Specifically, when the rotating portion 192 pivots to the first pivot position, the pull rod 19 pivots to the upright position, as shown in FIG15 ; when the rotating portion 192 pivots to the second pivot position, the pull rod 19 pivots to the lying position, as shown in FIG17 . When the user pulls the stroller using the pull rod 19, the pull rod 19 and the rotating portion 192 pivot to a position that matches the user's height and arm length, for example, the position of the pull rod 19 in FIG16 , making it easier for the user to use the stroller.

如图18所示,在一个实施例中,拉杆19包括手柄190和连接杆191。手柄190设置为大致环形的结构,以方便使用者持握。需要注意的是,大致环形的结构仅为手柄结构一种可选的实施方式,本领域技术人员可以根据使用需求选择其他结构形式的手柄,例如多边形、一字型、“T”形、十字形等,只要能够满足使用者持握手柄的需求即可,本申请对此不做限制。在图18所示的实施例中,手柄19包括安装部1902和供使用者持握把手1901。安装部1902的一端连接至连接杆191的一端,安装部1902的其他端则与把手1901连接。可选地,把手1901设置为大致“C”形,安装部1902设置为大致“T”形,其中,“C”形的把手1901的两个端部分别连接至“T”形的安装部1902的两个端部,“T”形的安装部1902的另一个端部则与连接杆191的一端连接。可选地,安装部1902和把手1901一体成型。可选地,把手1901由诸如橡胶材料、塑料材料等防滑材料制成。优选地,把手1901表面设置有防滑结构,例如,防滑纹路、防滑凸起等。连接杆191的另一端连接至转动部192。可选地,安装部1902、把手1901以及连接杆191一体成型。As shown in FIG18 , in one embodiment, the pull rod 19 includes a handle 190 and a connecting rod 191. The handle 190 is configured as a generally annular structure for easy gripping by the user. It should be noted that the generally annular structure is only one optional embodiment of the handle structure. Those skilled in the art may select other handle structures, such as polygonal, straight, T-shaped, or cross-shaped, based on their specific needs. This application does not limit this practice, as long as the handle meets the user's grip requirements. In the embodiment shown in FIG18 , the handle 19 includes a mounting portion 1902 and a grip 1901 for the user to grip. One end of the mounting portion 1902 is connected to one end of the connecting rod 191, while the other end of the mounting portion 1902 is connected to the handle 1901. Alternatively, the handle 1901 may be configured as a generally C-shaped structure, and the mounting portion 1902 may be configured as a generally T-shaped structure, with the two ends of the C-shaped handle 1901 connected to the two ends of the T-shaped mounting portion 1902, and the other end of the T-shaped mounting portion 1902 connected to one end of the connecting rod 191. Optionally, mounting portion 1902 and handle 1901 are integrally formed. Optionally, handle 1901 is made of a non-slip material such as rubber or plastic. Preferably, handle 1901 has a non-slip surface, such as anti-slip lines or bumps. The other end of connecting rod 191 is connected to rotating portion 192. Optionally, mounting portion 1902, handle 1901, and connecting rod 191 are integrally formed.

参考图19、图20和图23,在一个实施例中,转动部192包括:主体1921和连接端1922。主体1921设置为大致圆柱形结构,并且可以围绕圆柱形的轴向枢转。需要注意的是,大致圆柱形结构仅为本申请的一种可选的实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要为转动部的主体选择其他合适形状,例如立方体、多面体等,本申请对此不做限制。连接端1922设置为从主体1921的圆柱曲面凸出的凸台,凸台设置有第一连接孔19220,连接杆191的另一端插接在第一连接孔19220内。主体1921的内部设置有与第一连接孔19220连通的接收腔19221,并且主体1921的两个端面分别设置有一个第二枢转孔1924,第二枢转孔1924与接收腔19221连通。连接杆191的另一端穿过第一连接孔19220被接收在接收腔19221中,并且连接杆191的另一端设置有贯穿连接杆191的第一枢转孔1910。Referring to Figures 19, 20, and 23, in one embodiment, the rotating portion 192 includes a main body 1921 and a connecting end 1922. The main body 1921 is configured as a generally cylindrical structure and is pivotable about the cylindrical axis. It should be noted that the generally cylindrical structure is merely one optional embodiment of the present application. Those skilled in the art may select other suitable shapes for the main body of the rotating portion, such as a cube or a polyhedron, based on practical needs, and this application is not limited thereto. The connecting end 1922 is configured as a boss protruding from the cylindrical surface of the main body 1921. The boss is provided with a first connecting hole 19220, into which the other end of the connecting rod 191 is inserted. The interior of the main body 1921 is provided with a receiving cavity 19221 that communicates with the first connecting hole 19220. Furthermore, each end surface of the main body 1921 is provided with a second pivot hole 1924 that communicates with the receiving cavity 19221. The other end of the connecting rod 191 passes through the first connecting hole 19220 to be received in the receiving cavity 19221 , and the other end of the connecting rod 191 is provided with a first pivot hole 1910 penetrating the connecting rod 191 .

参考图19至图21和图23,在一个实施例中,第三连接座194的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间1944,枢转空间1944的形状设置为与转动部192的主体1921的形状相匹配的大致圆柱形,转动部192的主体1921可枢转地设置在枢转空间1944内。需要注意的是,大致圆柱形结构仅为本申请的一种可选的实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要为连接座的枢转空间选择其他合适形状,例如立方体、多面体等,只要能够允许转动部192的主体1921在枢转空间1944内是可枢转的即可,本申请对此不做限制。枢转空间1944的侧壁设置有与该枢转空间1944连通的第四枢转孔1943。Referring to Figures 19 to 21 and 23, in one embodiment, one end of the third connecting seat 194 is recessed inward to form a pivot space 1944. Pivot space 1944 is configured to be substantially cylindrical, matching the shape of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192. The main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192 is pivotally disposed within pivot space 1944. It should be noted that the substantially cylindrical structure is merely one optional embodiment of the present application. Those skilled in the art may select other suitable shapes for the pivot space of the connecting seat, such as a cube or polyhedron, as long as they allow the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192 to pivot within pivot space 1944. This is not a limitation of the present application. The sidewalls of pivot space 1944 are provided with a fourth pivot hole 1943 that communicates with pivot space 1944.

参考图19和图20,在一个实施例中,在第三连接座194和转动部192之间设置有第一定位件193,第一定位件193允许拉杆19相对于第三连接座194在多个不同的枢转角度上进行定位,可以理解的是,第一定位件193对拉杆19起到限位作用,使得拉杆19相对于第三连接座194具有多个不同的定位角度。第一定位件193配置为限制转动部192枢转。具体地,第一定位件193位于第三连接座194的枢转空间1944的侧壁的内表面与转动部192的主体1921的端面之间。可选地,第一定位件193为阻尼片1931,该阻尼片1931的厚度略大于枢转空间1944的侧壁的内表面(即枢转空间1944的内壁)与主体1921的端面(即主体1921中面对枢转空间1944的内壁的侧壁面)之间的间隙,由此,该阻尼片1931被夹紧枢转空间1944的侧壁的内表面与主体1921的端面之间。当转动部192相对于第三连接座194具有枢转运动趋势时,阻尼片1931与枢转空间1944的侧壁之间以及阻尼片1931与主体1921的端面之间存在静摩擦力,这些静摩擦力的合力阻止转动部192相对于第三连接座194枢转。在本实施例中,枢转空间1944的侧壁的内表面与主体1921的端面对阻尼片1931的夹紧力(压力)设置为,通过该夹紧力(压力)产生的由阻尼片1931作用在枢转空间1944的侧壁与主体1921的端面上的静摩擦力的合力所导致的力矩不小于拉杆19和转动部192的重力导致的力矩。由此,当使用者不对拉杆机构2施加任何外力时,拉杆19和转动部192能够保持在它们本来的位置上,而不会发生枢转。通过这样的设计,实现了能够将拉杆19保持在任意使用位置(例如,拉杆19在图16中的位置)。由此,当使用者放开对拉杆19的持握,拉杆19不会在自身重力作用下突然朝向支撑表面枢转或者下落,提高推车使用的安全性,且便于使用者再次握持拉杆19。进一步地,当使用者向拉杆19施加拉力或者推力时,如果使得拉杆19和转动部192具有枢转趋势的总力矩大于通过该夹紧力(压力)能够产生的由阻尼片1931作用在枢转空间1944的侧壁与主体1921的端面上的静摩擦力的合力所导致的力矩时,拉杆19和转动部192将发生枢转。通过这样设计,实现了对拉杆19的使用位置的调节和定位,且使用者可以将拉杆19调节至第一枢转位置和第二枢转位置之间的任意位置,实现拉杆19使用角度的无级调节,适用性更广。With reference to Figures 19 and 20, in one embodiment, a first positioning member 193 is disposed between the third connecting seat 194 and the rotating portion 192. The first positioning member 193 allows the pull rod 19 to be positioned at multiple different pivot angles relative to the third connecting seat 194. It will be appreciated that the first positioning member 193 acts as a limiter for the pull rod 19, allowing the pull rod 19 to have multiple different positioning angles relative to the third connecting seat 194. The first positioning member 193 is configured to limit the pivoting of the rotating portion 192. Specifically, the first positioning member 193 is located between the inner surface of the side wall of the pivot space 1944 of the third connecting seat 194 and the end surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192. Optionally, the first positioning member 193 is a damping plate 1931, the thickness of which is slightly greater than the gap between the inner surface of the side wall of the pivoting space 1944 (i.e., the inner wall of the pivoting space 1944) and the end face of the main body 1921 (i.e., the side wall surface of the main body 1921 facing the inner wall of the pivoting space 1944). As a result, the damping plate 1931 is clamped between the inner surface of the side wall of the pivoting space 1944 and the end face of the main body 1921. When the rotating portion 192 has a tendency to pivot relative to the third connecting seat 194, static friction forces exist between the damping plate 1931 and the side wall of the pivoting space 1944, as well as between the damping plate 1931 and the end face of the main body 1921. The combined force of these static friction forces prevents the rotating portion 192 from pivoting relative to the third connecting seat 194. In this embodiment, the clamping force (pressure) exerted by the inner surface of the sidewall of pivot space 1944 and the end surface of main body 1921 on damping plate 1931 is set so that the torque resulting from the combined static friction of damping plate 1931 acting on the sidewall of pivot space 1944 and the end surface of main body 1921 generated by this clamping force (pressure) is no less than the torque resulting from the weight of pull rod 19 and rotating portion 192. Thus, when the user does not apply any external force to pull rod mechanism 2, pull rod 19 and rotating portion 192 remain in their original positions without pivoting. This design allows pull rod 19 to be retained in any operating position (e.g., the position of pull rod 19 in FIG. 16 ). Consequently, when the user releases their grip on pull rod 19, pull rod 19 will not suddenly pivot or fall toward the support surface under its own weight, improving the safety of stroller use and making it easier for the user to re-grip pull rod 19. Furthermore, when the user applies a pulling force or a pushing force to the pull rod 19, if the total torque causing the pull rod 19 and the rotating portion 192 to have a pivoting tendency is greater than the torque caused by the combined force of the static friction of the damping plate 1931 acting on the side wall of the pivoting space 1944 and the end face of the main body 1921 that can be generated by the clamping force (pressure), the pull rod 19 and the rotating portion 192 will pivot. Through this design, the adjustment and positioning of the use position of the pull rod 19 is achieved, and the user can adjust the pull rod 19 to any position between the first pivot position and the second pivot position, realizing stepless adjustment of the use angle of the pull rod 19, which has a wider applicability.

在一个实施例中,可选地,阻尼片1931为可挠性部件。可选地,阻尼片1931的材料包括以下至少一种:软质胶体;橡胶材料;和塑料材料。可选地,阻尼片1931的材料可以包括海翠(HYTREL)材料。In one embodiment, damping sheet 1931 is optionally a flexible component. Optionally, the material of damping sheet 1931 includes at least one of the following: a soft colloid; a rubber material; and a plastic material. Optionally, the material of damping sheet 1931 may include HYTREL material.

参考图20和图23,在一个实施例中,在主体1921的两个端面和枢转空间1944的侧壁之间各设置有一个阻尼片1931。阻尼片1931上设置有第三枢转孔19310,当连接杆191、转动部192、阻尼片1931以及第三连接座194组装在一起时,将枢转销195依次穿过第四枢转孔1943、第三枢转孔19310、第二枢转孔1924以及第一枢转孔1910,由此,实现了将连接杆191和转动部192可枢转地连接以及对阻尼片1931的定位(避免阻尼片1931滑出枢转空间1944的侧壁的内表面与主体1921的端面之间的间隙)。可选地,第一连接孔19220的内径略小于连接杆191的外径,以避免连接杆191在第一连接孔19220内发生晃动。20 and 23 , in one embodiment, a damping plate 1931 is disposed between each end surface of the main body 1921 and the sidewall of the pivot space 1944. A third pivot hole 19310 is disposed on the damping plate 1931. When the connecting rod 191, the rotating portion 192, the damping plate 1931, and the third connecting seat 194 are assembled together, the pivot pin 195 is sequentially passed through the fourth pivot hole 1943, the third pivot hole 19310, the second pivot hole 1924, and the first pivot hole 1910. This achieves the pivotable connection between the connecting rod 191 and the rotating portion 192 and the positioning of the damping plate 1931 (preventing the damping plate 1931 from sliding out of the gap between the inner surface of the sidewall of the pivot space 1944 and the end surface of the main body 1921). Optionally, the inner diameter of the first connecting hole 19220 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the connecting rod 191 to prevent the connecting rod 191 from shaking in the first connecting hole 19220 .

参考图23,在一个实施例中,转动部192的主体1921的外表面上设置有限位凸1923,第三连接座194的枢转空间1944的内壁设置有限位槽19440,转动部192枢转时,限位凸1923在限位槽19440内滑动。当转动部192从第一枢转位置枢转至第二枢转位置,即,拉杆19从竖起位置枢转至躺倒位置,限位凸1923抵靠限位槽19440的侧壁,以限制转动部192继续枢转。通过设置限位凸1923和限位槽19440,可以限制拉杆19的旋转范围,使得拉杆19在躺倒位置时与推车的支撑表面(例如,地面)之间仍然具有一定的距离,一方面避免了拉杆19因“过度躺倒”而接触推车的支撑表面(例如,地面),导致手柄190脏污或者磨损,另一方面还便于使用者抓握处于躺倒位置的拉杆19,方便实用。需要注意的是,尽管在本实施例中,限位凸1923设置在转动部192的主体1921上,限位槽19440设置在第三连接座194的枢转空间1944的内壁中,但这仅是一种可选的实施例,本领域技术人员可以根据实际需要调整限位凸和限位槽的设置位置,只要可以限制转动部的枢转避免“过度躺倒”即可。例如,可以将限位凸设置在第三连接座的枢转空间的内壁上,限位槽设置在转动部的主体中。Referring to FIG. 23 , in one embodiment, a limiting protrusion 1923 is provided on the outer surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192, and a limiting groove 19440 is provided on the inner wall of the pivoting space 1944 of the third connecting seat 194. When the rotating portion 192 pivots, the limiting protrusion 1923 slides within the limiting groove 19440. When the rotating portion 192 pivots from the first pivot position to the second pivot position, that is, when the pull rod 19 pivots from the upright position to the lying position, the limiting protrusion 1923 abuts against the sidewall of the limiting groove 19440 to limit further pivoting of the rotating portion 192. By providing the limiting protrusion 1923 and limiting groove 19440, the rotation range of the pull rod 19 can be limited, ensuring that the pull rod 19 maintains a certain distance from the supporting surface of the cart (e.g., the ground) when in the lying position. This prevents the pull rod 19 from contacting the supporting surface (e.g., the ground) due to "overly lying down" and causing the handle 190 to become dirty or worn. It also facilitates the user's grip on the pull rod 19 in the lying position, providing convenience and practicality. It should be noted that although in this embodiment, the limiting protrusion 1923 is provided on the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192 and the limiting groove 19440 is provided in the inner wall of the pivot space 1944 of the third connecting seat 194, this is merely an optional embodiment. Those skilled in the art may adjust the location of the limiting protrusion and limiting groove according to actual needs, as long as the pivoting of the rotating portion is limited to prevent "overly lying down." For example, the limiting protrusion may be provided on the inner wall of the pivot space of the third connecting seat, while the limiting groove may be provided in the main body of the rotating portion.

参考图21和图22,在一个实施例中,第三连接座194的与枢转空间1944相对的一端设置有第一通孔1941,第一通孔1941可滑动地套设在滑轨196上。第三连接座194能够沿着滑轨196在第一滑动位置和第二滑动位置之间滑动。当第三连接座194滑动至第一滑动位置,拉杆19滑动至伸出位置,如图21所示;当第三连接座194滑动至第二滑动位置,拉杆19滑动至收纳位置,如图22所示。由此,当使用者不需要使用拉杆19或者需要收合推车时,可以将拉杆19滑动到收纳位置,避免拉杆19影响使用者作业,且利于收合推车。21 and 22 , in one embodiment, a first through hole 1941 is provided at one end of the third connecting seat 194 opposite to the pivot space 1944, and the first through hole 1941 is slidably mounted on the slide rail 196. The third connecting seat 194 is capable of sliding along the slide rail 196 between a first sliding position and a second sliding position. When the third connecting seat 194 slides to the first sliding position, the pull rod 19 slides to the extended position, as shown in FIG21 ; when the third connecting seat 194 slides to the second sliding position, the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, as shown in FIG22 . Thus, when the user does not need to use the pull rod 19 or needs to fold the cart, the pull rod 19 can be slid to the storage position to prevent the pull rod 19 from affecting the user's operation and facilitate folding the cart.

参考图21和图23,在一个实施例中,第一通孔1941的侧壁设置有第二通孔1942。滑轨196的对应于第三连接座194的第一滑动位置的部分设置有第二定位孔1961,滑轨196内设置有第二定位件1960,第二定位件1960的至少一部分在第二定位孔1961内可滑动,以缩回和突出第二定位孔1961。当第三连接座194滑动至第一滑动位置,第二定位件1960的至少一部分突出于第二定位孔1961并且进入第二通孔1942,以将第三连接座194锁定在第一滑动位置,由此避免第三连接座194朝向第二滑动位置的不期望的滑动,维持拉杆19处于伸出位置。可选地,第二定位件1960是弹簧片,弹簧片具有第一凸柱19601,第一凸柱19601在第二定位孔1961内可滑动。Referring to Figures 21 and 23, in one embodiment, a second through-hole 1942 is provided on the sidewall of the first through-hole 1941. A second positioning hole 1961 is provided in the portion of the slide rail 196 corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting seat 194. A second positioning member 1960 is disposed within the slide rail 196. At least a portion of the second positioning member 1960 is slidable within the second positioning hole 1961, retracting and protruding from the second positioning hole 1961. When the third connecting seat 194 slides to the first sliding position, at least a portion of the second positioning member 1960 protrudes from the second positioning hole 1961 and enters the second through-hole 1942, locking the third connecting seat 194 in the first sliding position. This prevents the third connecting seat 194 from sliding toward the second sliding position and maintains the pull rod 19 in the extended position. Optionally, the second positioning member 1960 is a spring having a first protrusion 19601 that is slidable within the second positioning hole 1961.

参考图22和图24,在一个实施例中,滑轨196的对应于第三连接座194的第二滑动位置的部分设置有第三定位孔1963,滑轨196内设置有第三定位件1962,第三定位件1962的至少一部分在第三定位孔1963内可滑动,以缩回和突出第三定位孔1963。当第三连接座194滑动至第二滑动位置,第三定位件1962的至少一部分突出于第三定位孔1963并且进入第二通孔1942,以将第三连接座194锁定在第二滑动位置,由此避免第三连接座194朝向第一滑动位置的不期望地滑动,有利于将拉杆19维持在收纳位置。例如,当拉杆19处于收纳位置时,即使推车支撑于倾斜面上或者外力突然撞击推车的后方,第三连接座194也能被锁定在第二滑动位置,降低拉杆19意外伸出的风险。可选地,第三定位件1962是弹簧片,弹簧片具有第二凸柱19621,第二凸柱19621在第三定位孔1963内可滑动。22 and 24 , in one embodiment, a portion of the slide rail 196 corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connector 194 is provided with a third positioning hole 1963. A third positioning member 1962 is provided within the slide rail 196. At least a portion of the third positioning member 1962 is slidable within the third positioning hole 1963 to retract and protrude from the third positioning hole 1963. When the third connector 194 slides to the second sliding position, at least a portion of the third positioning member 1962 protrudes from the third positioning hole 1963 and enters the second through-hole 1942, locking the third connector 194 in the second sliding position. This prevents the third connector 194 from sliding unintentionally toward the first sliding position, facilitating maintenance of the pull rod 19 in the stowed position. For example, when the pull rod 19 is in the stowed position, even if the cart is supported on an inclined surface or an external force suddenly impacts the rear of the cart, the third connector 194 remains locked in the second sliding position, reducing the risk of the pull rod 19 accidentally extending. Optionally, the third positioning member 1962 is a spring sheet having a second protruding column 19621 , and the second protruding column 19621 is slidable in the third positioning hole 1963 .

参考图20、图21和图22,在一个实施例中,拉杆机构2还包括固定部198,滑轨196连接在固定部198上。当转动部192从第二枢转位置枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆19抵靠固定部198的前表面,以限制转动部192继续枢转。在本实施例中,拉杆机构2包括前杆1031和后杆1032,前杆1031和后杆1032连接至底架10。可选地,如图20所示,底架10包括沿着推车的长度方向L延伸的两条第一杆100和沿着推车的宽度方向W延伸的两条第二杆103,前杆1031和后杆1032分别是底架10的两条第二杆103。前杆1031和后杆1032分别固定有一个固定部198,滑轨196的两端分别连接在两个固定部198上。当转动部192从第二枢转位置枢转至第一枢转位置,拉杆19抵靠固定在前杆1031的固定部198的前表面,以限制转动部192继续枢转。为了描述方便,本申请中使用了表示相对位置的术语,例如“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”,这些表示相对位置的术语以图15中所示的方向作为参考。具体地,在图15中,相对上方为“上”,相对下方为“下”,相对左方为“前”,相对右方为“后”。Referring to Figures 20, 21, and 22, in one embodiment, the drawbar mechanism 2 further includes a fixed portion 198, to which the slide rail 196 is connected. When the rotating portion 192 pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the drawbar 19 abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion 198 to restrict further pivoting of the rotating portion 192. In this embodiment, the drawbar mechanism 2 includes a front rod 1031 and a rear rod 1032, each of which is connected to the base frame 10. Optionally, as shown in Figure 20, the base frame 10 includes two first rods 100 extending along the length direction L of the stroller and two second rods 103 extending along the width direction W of the stroller. The front rod 1031 and the rear rod 1032 are respectively the two second rods 103 of the base frame 10. The front rod 1031 and the rear rod 1032 are each fixed to a fixed portion 198, and the ends of the slide rail 196 are respectively connected to the two fixed portions 198. When the rotating portion 192 pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the pull rod 19 abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion 198 fixed to the front rod 1031, thereby restricting the rotating portion 192 from further pivoting. For ease of description, this application uses terms indicating relative positions, such as "up," "down," "front," and "rear." These terms are based on the directions shown in FIG15 . Specifically, in FIG15 , "up" refers to the direction relative to the top, "down" refers to the direction relative to the bottom, "front" refers to the direction relative to the left, and "rear" refers to the direction relative to the right.

参考图19和图22,在一个实施例中,拉杆机构2还包括至少一个收纳件197,收纳件197设置在前杆1031上,并且收纳件197中设置有收纳槽1970。当拉杆19滑动至收纳位置,拉杆19的至少一部分收纳在收纳槽1970中。在本实施例中,收纳件197呈钩状,但这仅是示例性的,在其他实施例中,收纳件197也可以设置为其他合适的形状,本申请对此不做限制。可选地,当拉杆19滑动至收纳位置时,拉杆19的手柄190收纳在收纳槽1970中。可选地,拉杆机构2包括两个收纳件197,两个收纳件197由设置在前杆1031上的固定部198间隔开,两个收纳件197的收纳槽1970的开口相对设置。当拉杆19滑动至收纳位置,拉杆19的至少一部分,例如手柄190,收纳在两个收纳槽1970中。19 and 22 , in one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism 2 further includes at least one receiving member 197, which is disposed on the front rod 1031 and has a receiving slot 1970 disposed therein. When the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, at least a portion of the pull rod 19 is received in the receiving slot 1970. In this embodiment, the receiving member 197 is hook-shaped, but this is merely exemplary. In other embodiments, the receiving member 197 may also be configured as other suitable shapes, and this application is not limited thereto. Optionally, when the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, the handle 190 of the pull rod 19 is received in the receiving slot 1970. Optionally, the pull rod mechanism 2 includes two receiving members 197, the two receiving members 197 being separated by a fixing portion 198 disposed on the front rod 1031, with the openings of the receiving slots 1970 of the two receiving members 197 being disposed opposite each other. When the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, at least a portion of the pull rod 19 , such as the handle 190 , is stored in the two storage slots 1970 .

再次参考图17,在一个实施例中,滑轨196的延伸方向D2与支撑表面所在平面D1之间存在一定的夹角α,并且当拉杆19处于躺倒状态时,拉杆19的延伸方向大致平行于滑轨196的延伸方向D2。通过这样的设计,一方面,在拉杆19处于躺倒状态时,手柄190与支撑表面存在一定的距离,方便使用者再次抓握手柄190;另一方面,夹角α使得拉杆19的拉出和推入的动作更加符合人体工程学的标准,使得使用者拉出和推入拉杆19的操作更加舒适。Referring again to Figure 17 , in one embodiment, a certain angle α is formed between the extension direction D2 of the slide rail 196 and the plane D1 of the support surface. Furthermore, when the pull rod 19 is in the lying position, the extension direction of the pull rod 19 is substantially parallel to the extension direction D2 of the slide rail 196. This design, on the one hand, allows the handle 190 to be positioned a certain distance from the support surface when the pull rod 19 is in the lying position, making it easier for the user to re-grip the handle 190. On the other hand, the angle α makes the pulling and pushing movements of the pull rod 19 more ergonomic, making the operation more comfortable for the user.

下面以图15至图24所示的实施例为例,说明根据本申请的实施例的拉杆机构2的工作原理。The working principle of the pull rod mechanism 2 according to the embodiment of the present application is explained below by taking the embodiment shown in Figures 15 to 24 as an example.

如图22所示,拉杆19位于收纳位置,收纳在推车的底架10的下方。此时,第二凸柱19621穿过第三定位孔1963进入第二通孔1942中。参考图24,将第三连接座194保持在第二滑动位置,即,将拉杆19保持在收纳位置,在没有外力拉出拉杆19的情况下,拉杆19不会脱离收纳位置。在此状态下,拉杆19对于推车的整体体积的影响非常小,且不影响推车的收合操作。As shown in Figure 22, the pull rod 19 is in the stowed position, housed beneath the cart's chassis 10. At this point, the second boss 19621 passes through the third positioning hole 1963 and enters the second through-hole 1942. Referring to Figure 24, the third connecting seat 194 is maintained in the second sliding position, i.e., the pull rod 19 is held in the stowed position. Without external force pulling out the pull rod 19, the pull rod 19 will not move out of the stowed position. In this position, the pull rod 19 has minimal impact on the cart's overall size and does not affect the cart's folding operation.

当使用者需要使用拉杆19拉动推车时,使用者持握拉杆19的手柄190,并且朝向推车的前方向拉杆19施加拉力,当拉力足以克服弹片的弹力时,第二凸柱19621退出第二通孔1942,由此释放对第三连接座194的保持。继续施加拉力,将拉杆19从收纳位置拉出至伸出位置,如图17所示。由于滑轨196与支撑表面存在夹角α,上述拉出操作符合人体工程学的标准,因此,上述拉出操作对于使用者来说是相对舒适的。When the user needs to use pull rod 19 to pull the cart, they grasp handle 190 of pull rod 19 and apply a pulling force toward the front of the cart. When the pulling force is sufficient to overcome the elastic force of the spring, second protrusion 19621 exits second through-hole 1942, thereby releasing the grip on third connecting seat 194. Continued application of the pulling force pulls pull rod 19 from the stored position to the extended position, as shown in FIG17 . Because the angle α between slide rail 196 and the supporting surface is present, this pulling operation meets ergonomic standards and is therefore relatively comfortable for the user.

当拉杆19达到伸出位置,第一凸柱19601穿过第二定位孔1961进入第二通孔1942中参考图23,将第三连接座194保持在第一滑动位置,即,将拉杆19保持在伸出位置,在没有外力介入的情况下,拉杆19不会脱离伸出位置。此时,使用者继续向拉杆19施加拉力,以拉动推车。在此过程中,基于使用者的身高和臂长,转动部192和拉杆19将枢转至适于该使用者的使用位置(例如,拉杆19在图16中的位置)。When the pull rod 19 reaches the extended position, the first boss 19601 passes through the second positioning hole 1961 and enters the second through hole 1942 (refer to Figure 23), keeping the third connecting seat 194 in the first sliding position, that is, keeping the pull rod 19 in the extended position. In the absence of external force, the pull rod 19 will not move out of the extended position. At this time, the user continues to apply a pulling force to the pull rod 19 to pull the cart. During this process, based on the user's height and arm length, the rotating portion 192 and the pull rod 19 will pivot to a use position suitable for the user (for example, the position of the pull rod 19 in Figure 16).

在拉动推车的过程中,若使用者中止拉动且放开对于拉杆19的持握,在第一定位件193(例如阻尼片1931)的作用下,拉杆19将保持在使用者放开拉杆19的时刻拉杆19所处的位置上,拉杆19不会因自身重力而自主朝向支撑表面枢转。使用者可以从拉杆19被放开时的位置再次持握拉杆,以继续拉动推车。During the process of pulling the stroller, if the user stops pulling and releases the pull rod 19, the pull rod 19 will remain in the position at which the user released the pull rod 19 due to the action of the first positioning member 193 (e.g., the damping plate 1931). The pull rod 19 will not automatically pivot toward the supporting surface due to its own gravity. The user can re-grip the pull rod 19 from the position at which the user released the pull rod 19 to continue pulling the stroller.

若需要将拉杆19枢转至竖起位置(如图15所示),只需向拉杆19施加推力,使得拉杆19枢转至竖起位置。此时,拉杆19因抵靠在前杆1031的固定部198的前表面而无法继续枢转。由此不仅避免了拉杆19过渡朝向推车枢转与推车的其他部件发生干涉,还防止了拉杆19挤压推车中存放的物品,更避免了拉杆19意外损伤推车上安装的睡篮中的儿童。To pivot the pull rod 19 to the upright position (as shown in FIG. 15 ), simply apply a force to the pull rod 19, causing it to pivot to the upright position. At this point, the pull rod 19 abuts against the front surface of the fixing portion 198 of the front rod 1031 and is unable to pivot further. This prevents the pull rod 19 from interfering with other components of the stroller during transitional pivoting, prevents it from squeezing items stored in the stroller, and prevents it from accidentally injuring a child in a baby carrier.

拉杆19使用完毕后,使用者可以将拉杆19枢转至躺倒位置,并且朝向推车的后方推动拉杆19,当施加的推力足以克服弹片的弹力时,第一凸柱19601退出第二通孔1942,由此释放对第三连接座194的保持。继续施加推力,将拉杆19从伸出位置推动至收纳位置,如图22所示。此时,第二凸柱19621穿过第三定位孔1963进入第二通孔1942中(参考图24),将第三连接座194保持在第二滑动位置,即,将拉杆19保持在收纳位置,在没有外力介入的情况下,拉杆19不会脱离收纳位置。随着拉杆19进入收纳位置,手柄190进入收纳槽1970中。After using the pull rod 19, the user can pivot the pull rod 19 to the lying position and push the pull rod 19 toward the rear of the cart. When the applied thrust is sufficient to overcome the elastic force of the shrapnel, the first boss 19601 exits the second through hole 1942, thereby releasing the hold on the third connecting seat 194. Continue applying thrust to push the pull rod 19 from the extended position to the storage position, as shown in FIG22. At this time, the second boss 19621 passes through the third positioning hole 1963 and enters the second through hole 1942 (see FIG24), maintaining the third connecting seat 194 in the second sliding position, that is, maintaining the pull rod 19 in the storage position. In the absence of external force, the pull rod 19 will not move out of the storage position. As the pull rod 19 enters the storage position, the handle 190 enters the storage slot 1970.

图25至图29示出了根据本申请的其他实施例,其与前述实施例中的拉杆机构2在结构上大致相同,以下仅针对二者的差异进行说明。25 to 29 show other embodiments according to the present application, which are substantially identical in structure to the pull rod mechanism 2 in the aforementioned embodiment, and only the differences between the two are described below.

参考图25和图26,在一个实施例中,拉杆机构2包括一个收纳件197,收纳件197设置在固定于前杆1031的固定部198的下侧,收纳件197的收纳槽1970的开口朝向该固定部198的前方。可选地,收纳件197与该固定部198一体成型。当拉杆19滑动至收纳位置,拉杆19的至少一部分,例如手柄190,进入并收纳在该收纳槽1970中。在本实施例中,收纳槽1970的开口朝向前方,使用者更加容易将手柄190取出和放入收纳槽1970。在本实施例中,手柄190的一部分收容在该收纳槽1970中,使用者可以握持手柄190的前端将拉杆190拉出到伸出位置。25 and 26 , in one embodiment, the pull rod mechanism 2 includes a receiving member 197 disposed on the underside of a fixing portion 198 fixed to the front rod 1031, with a receiving slot 1970 of the receiving member 197 opening toward the front of the fixing portion 198. Optionally, the receiving member 197 is integrally formed with the fixing portion 198. When the pull rod 19 slides to the storage position, at least a portion of the pull rod 19, such as the handle 190, enters and is stored in the receiving slot 1970. In this embodiment, the opening of the receiving slot 1970 faces forward, making it easier for the user to remove and place the handle 190 in the receiving slot 1970. In this embodiment, a portion of the handle 190 is housed in the receiving slot 1970, and the user can grasp the front end of the handle 190 to pull the pull rod 190 out to the extended position.

参考图28和图29,在一个实施例中,第三连接座194的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间1944,转动部192的至少一部分收容于该枢转空间。枢转空间的至少一侧壁的内表面与转动部的至少一表面相面对。彼此相对的转动部192的表面和枢转空间的侧壁中的一者设有至少一弹性指199。彼此相对的转动部192的表面和枢转空间的侧壁中的另一者设有多个定位凹1932。定位凸1945设于弹性指199的面向定位凹1932的一侧,定位凸1945能够与其中一个定位凹1932相卡合,以将拉杆19定位在多个枢转角度中的其中一个枢转角度。28 and 29 , in one embodiment, one end of the third connecting seat 194 is recessed inward to form a pivot space 1944, in which at least a portion of the rotating portion 192 is accommodated. The inner surface of at least one side wall of the pivot space faces at least one surface of the rotating portion. At least one elastic finger 199 is provided on one of the surfaces of the rotating portion 192 and the side wall of the pivot space that are opposite to each other. A plurality of positioning recesses 1932 are provided on the other of the surfaces of the rotating portion 192 and the side wall of the pivot space that are opposite to each other. A positioning protrusion 1945 is provided on the side of the elastic finger 199 that faces the positioning recess 1932, and the positioning protrusion 1945 can engage with one of the positioning recesses 1932 to position the pull rod 19 at one of the multiple pivot angles.

继续参考图28和图29,在一个实施例中,第一定位件193包括彼此形状配合的定位凹1932和定位凸1945。为了清楚展示定位凹1932和定位凸1945的结构,图29中移除了枢转空间1944的内壁的部分结构。在图29所示的实施例中,至少一个定位凹1932设置在转动部192的主体1921的端面中,至少一个定位凸1945设置在枢转空间1944的内壁(枢转空间的侧壁的内表面)上。随着转动部192的枢转,当定位凸1945进入定位凹1932时,通过二者的形状配合,定位凸1945被限制在定位凹1932中,由此限制转动部192的进一步枢转,将拉杆19保持在相应的使用位置。可选地,定位凹1932和定位凸1945也可以设置在相反的位置上,即,至少一个定位凹1932设置在枢转空间1944的内壁上,至少一个定位凸1945设置在转动部192的主体1921的端面中。可选地,设置有多于一个的定位凹1932,以实现将拉杆19保持在多于一个的工作位置。优选地,设置有两组定位凹1932,每组定位凹1932包括多于一个的定位凹1932,并且设置有两个定位凸1945,两个定位凸1945分别与一组定位凹1932配合。更优选地,每组定位凹1932包括四个定位凹1932,以实现将拉杆19保持在四个不同的工作位置,如图29所示。在其他实施例中,枢转空间1944的每一个内壁上的定位凸1945的数量也可以不限定为两个,例如枢转空间1944的每一个内壁上的定位凸1945可以是一个或三个或四个等。此外,每组定位凹1932所包括的定位凹1932数量也不以四个为限,可以是两个以上的任意数量,可根据所需的调节位置设置,例如三个或五个等。Continuing with reference to Figures 28 and 29, in one embodiment, the first positioning member 193 includes a positioning recess 1932 and a positioning protrusion 1945 that are shaped to fit together. To clearly illustrate the structure of the positioning recess 1932 and the positioning protrusion 1945, a portion of the inner wall of the pivot space 1944 has been removed in Figure 29. In the embodiment shown in Figure 29, at least one positioning recess 1932 is disposed in the end surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192, and at least one positioning protrusion 1945 is disposed on the inner wall of the pivot space 1944 (the inner surface of the sidewall of the pivot space). As the rotating portion 192 pivots, when the positioning protrusion 1945 enters the positioning recess 1932, the shaped fit between the positioning protrusion 1945 and the positioning protrusion 1945 restrains the positioning recess 1932, thereby limiting further pivoting of the rotating portion 192 and maintaining the pull rod 19 in its corresponding operating position. Optionally, the positioning recesses 1932 and the positioning protrusions 1945 may also be arranged in opposite positions, that is, at least one positioning recess 1932 is arranged on the inner wall of the pivot space 1944, and at least one positioning protrusion 1945 is arranged in the end surface of the main body 1921 of the rotating portion 192. Optionally, more than one positioning recess 1932 is provided to achieve maintaining the pull rod 19 in more than one working position. Preferably, two groups of positioning recesses 1932 are provided, each group of positioning recesses 1932 includes more than one positioning recess 1932, and two positioning protrusions 1945 are provided, and the two positioning protrusions 1945 respectively cooperate with one group of positioning recesses 1932. More preferably, each group of positioning recesses 1932 includes four positioning recesses 1932 to achieve maintaining the pull rod 19 in four different working positions, as shown in Figure 29. In other embodiments, the number of positioning protrusions 1945 on each inner wall of the pivoting space 1944 is not limited to two. For example, the number of positioning protrusions 1945 on each inner wall of the pivoting space 1944 may be one, three, or four. Furthermore, the number of positioning recesses 1932 included in each group of positioning recesses 1932 is not limited to four. It may be any number greater than two, and may be set according to the desired adjustment position, such as three or five.

对于图25至图29所示的实施例,其工作原理与前述实施例基本相同,差异在于,在拉动推车的过程中,若使用者中止拉动且放开对于拉杆19的持握,如果此时第一定位件193的定位凸1945位于定位凹1932中,则拉杆19将保持在使用者放开拉杆19的时刻拉杆19所处的位置上;如果此时第一定位件193的定位凸1945没有配合在定位凹1932中,则拉杆19会因自身重力而自主朝向支撑表面略微枢转直至定位凸1945进入并配合在定位凹1932中,拉杆19将保持在定位凸1945进入并配合在定位凹1932的时刻拉杆19所处的位置上。在这样的实施例中,拉杆19依然可以保持在使用位置或者使用位置附近的位置,避免了拉杆19因自身重力枢转至支撑表面而砸伤使用者的风险。The embodiment shown in Figures 25 to 29 operates in a substantially similar manner to the aforementioned embodiment, with the difference being that, during the process of pulling the stroller, if the user stops pulling and releases their grip on the pull rod 19, if the positioning protrusion 1945 of the first positioning member 193 is located in the positioning recess 1932, the pull rod 19 will remain in the position in which the user released the pull rod 19. If the positioning protrusion 1945 of the first positioning member 193 is not engaged with the positioning recess 1932, the pull rod 19 will pivot slightly toward the support surface due to its own weight until the positioning protrusion 1945 enters and engages with the positioning recess 1932. The pull rod 19 will then remain in the position in which the positioning protrusion 1945 entered and engaged with the positioning recess 1932. In this embodiment, the pull rod 19 can remain in the use position or a position close to the use position, thus avoiding the risk of the pull rod 19 pivoting against the support surface due to its own weight and injuring the user.

参考图30至图33,本申请的实施例提供了一种座椅固定机构132,包括:固定座133和卡合座134。该卡合座134可滑动地连接至该固定座133,该卡合座134能够在收合位置和展开位置之间运动,例如滑动。卡合座134位于展开位置时比位于收合位置时更加远离固定座133。在本实施例中,卡合座134还设置为相对于固定座133可枢转,卡合座134在展开位置和收合位置之间运动时,卡合座134相对于固定座133发生角度偏转。当然,卡合座134相对于固定座133可枢转仅是本申请的一种可选的实施方式,在其他实施例中,卡合座134也可以设置为相对于固定座133不可枢转,卡合座134在展开位置和收合位置之间仅进行平移运动。Referring to Figures 30 to 33 , an embodiment of the present application provides a seat securing mechanism 132 comprising a fixing base 133 and an engaging base 134. The engaging base 134 is slidably connected to the fixing base 133 and is capable of movement, e.g., sliding, between a stowed position and a deployed position. The engaging base 134 is further away from the fixing base 133 when in the deployed position than when in the stowed position. In this embodiment, the engaging base 134 is also configured to pivot relative to the fixing base 133. When the engaging base 134 moves between the deployed and stowed positions, the engaging base 134 undergoes an angular deflection relative to the fixing base 133. Of course, the pivotability of the engaging base 134 relative to the fixing base 133 is merely an optional embodiment of the present application. In other embodiments, the engaging base 134 may also be configured to be non-pivotable relative to the fixing base 133, with the engaging base 134 only undergoing translational movement between the deployed and stowed positions.

具体地,本实施例中,推车包括支撑架13,在支撑架13的两个侧杆(即大致沿着长度方向L延伸的杆)上各自连接有一个座椅固定机构132,如图30所示。为描述方便,在下文的描述中,仅针对其中一个座椅固定机构132进行描述,本领域技术人员应该理解,设置在两个侧杆上的座椅固定机构132具有相同结构,并且同时在收合位置和展开位置之间枢转。需要注意的是,在实际使用中,设置在两个侧杆上的座椅固定机构132的卡合座134同时在收合位置和展开位置之间枢转,这旨在方便推车收合操作,以及用于连接座椅135,参考图36和图37,这是实际使用场景所需,但这并不意味着两个卡合座134不能独立地枢转。Specifically, in this embodiment, the stroller includes a support frame 13, and a seat fixing mechanism 132 is connected to each of the two side rods (i.e., rods extending generally along the length direction L) of the support frame 13, as shown in Figure 30. For ease of description, the following description only focuses on one of the seat fixing mechanisms 132. Those skilled in the art should understand that the seat fixing mechanisms 132 provided on both side rods have the same structure and pivot simultaneously between a folded position and an extended position. It should be noted that in actual use, the engaging seats 134 provided on both side rods pivot simultaneously between a folded position and an extended position. This is intended to facilitate the folding operation of the stroller and to connect the seat 135. Referring to Figures 36 and 37, this is required in actual use scenarios, but this does not mean that the two engaging seats 134 cannot pivot independently.

继续参考图30至33,在一个实施例中,该卡合座134包括:接合部1346和基部1349。该接合部1346配置为插入在座椅135的接合槽(未图示)中,该基部1349连接至该接合部1346,并且与该固定座133可枢转地连接。可选地,接合部1346与基部1349一体成型。可选地,参考图33,该接合部1346和该基部1349之间具有圆弧状的过渡区域,并且该接合部1346的宽度小于该基部1349的宽度,以适配座椅135的侧壁的形状。需要说明的是,该接合部1346也以图30中推车的宽度方向W(图33纸面的左右方向)作为该接合部1346的宽度方向。Continuing to refer to Figures 30 to 33, in one embodiment, the engaging seat 134 includes: a coupling portion 1346 and a base 1349. The coupling portion 1346 is configured to be inserted into a coupling groove (not shown) of the seat 135, and the base 1349 is connected to the coupling portion 1346 and is pivotally connected to the fixed seat 133. Optionally, the coupling portion 1346 and the base 1349 are integrally formed. Optionally, referring to Figure 33, there is an arc-shaped transition area between the coupling portion 1346 and the base 1349, and the width of the coupling portion 1346 is smaller than the width of the base 1349 to adapt to the shape of the side wall of the seat 135. It should be noted that the width direction of the coupling portion 1346 is also the width direction W of the cart in Figure 30 (the left and right direction of the paper in Figure 33) as the width direction of the coupling portion 1346.

参考图32至图35,在一个实施例中,当卡合座134处于收合位置,两个卡合座134的接合部1346之间的间距为L1,两个卡合座134的基部1349之间的间距为L2,参考图34。可选地,L1的范围可为323.46mm≤L1≤395.34mm,例如L1大致为359.4mm;L2的范围可为293.4mm≤L2≤358.6mm,例如L2大致为326mm。本领域技术人员可以理解,可以根据实际需要改变支撑架13的两个侧杆的间距,以改变L1和L2的大小。当卡合座134处于展开位置,两个卡合座134的接合部1346之间的间距为L1’,两个卡合座134的基部1349之间的间距为L2’,参考图35。可选地,L1’的范围可为301.86mm≤L1’≤368.94mm,L1’例如大致为335.4mm;L2’例如大致为302mm。本领域技术人员可以理解,实际使用中,可以根据待固定的座椅135的两个接合槽的间距选择合适的L1’的大小。从展开位置枢转至收合位置,两个卡合座134之间的间距增大了ΔL(即L1-L1’)或ΔL(即L2-L2’),例如ΔL大致为24mm,对比参考图32和图33。处于收合位置的两个卡合座134之间具有更大的间距,由此座椅固定机构132对于支撑架13的两个侧杆之间的空间的侵占更小,这样一方面有利于减小在推车收合时卡合座134对推车其他部件的干涉,另一方面推车使用过程中也可以不需要使用座椅135,两个卡合座134在收合位置的间距增大有利于减少卡合座134对用户作业的干扰,例如减少卡合座134干扰和妨碍就坐于支撑架13与布套形成的车厢中的儿童活动,或者减少卡合座134干扰和妨碍用户放取物品。Referring to Figures 32 to 35, in one embodiment, when the snap-fitting seat 134 is in the folded position, the spacing between the engagement portions 1346 of the two snap-fitting seats 134 is L1, and the spacing between the base portions 1349 of the two snap-fitting seats 134 is L2, with reference to Figure 34. Optionally, L1 can range from 323.46mm≤L1≤395.34mm, for example, L1 is approximately 359.4mm; L2 can range from 293.4mm≤L2≤358.6mm, for example, L2 is approximately 326mm. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the spacing between the two side rods of the support frame 13 can be changed according to actual needs to change the size of L1 and L2. When the snap-fitting seat 134 is in the expanded position, the spacing between the engagement portions 1346 of the two snap-fitting seats 134 is L1', and the spacing between the base portions 1349 of the two snap-fitting seats 134 is L2', with reference to Figure 35. Optionally, the range of L1’ can be 301.86mm≤L1’≤368.94mm, and L1’ is, for example, approximately 335.4mm; L2’ is, for example, approximately 302mm. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, in actual use, the appropriate size of L1’ can be selected based on the spacing between the two engagement grooves of the seat 135 to be fixed. When pivoting from the deployed position to the folded position, the spacing between the two engaging seats 134 increases by ΔL (i.e., L1-L1’) or ΔL (i.e., L2-L2’), for example, ΔL is approximately 24mm, for comparison with Figures 32 and 33. There is a larger distance between the two locking seats 134 in the folded position, so that the seat fixing mechanism 132 encroaches less on the space between the two side rods of the support frame 13. On the one hand, this helps to reduce the interference of the locking seats 134 on other parts of the stroller when the stroller is folded. On the other hand, the seat 135 may not be needed during the use of the stroller. The increased distance between the two locking seats 134 in the folded position helps to reduce the interference of the locking seats 134 on the user's operations, such as reducing the interference and obstruction of the locking seats 134 on the activities of children sitting in the compartment formed by the support frame 13 and the cloth cover, or reducing the interference and obstruction of the locking seats 134 on the user's operations.

图36和图37示出了固定有座椅135的推车。可选地,座椅135可以是适于年龄较小的婴儿的提篮,也可以是可装配至婴儿手推车的座椅。可选地,座椅135可以替换为诸如置物篮的其他的配件。安装座椅135时,应先将推车上已经安装的可能会干涉座椅135的附件拆卸下来,例如餐盘组件130等。Figures 36 and 37 show a stroller with seat 135 attached. Alternatively, seat 135 can be a carrier suitable for younger infants or a seat that can be attached to a stroller. Alternatively, seat 135 can be replaced with other accessories, such as a storage basket. Before installing seat 135, any accessories already installed on the stroller that might interfere with seat 135, such as the dining tray assembly 130, should be removed.

参考图38至图41,在一个实施例中,接合部1346的上端设置有第一卡孔1347和/或基部1349的下端设置有第二卡孔1348。第一卡孔1347用于与座椅135的接合槽中的杆件结合,以稳定固定安装在推车上的座椅135,避免其发生晃动。当然,在其他实施例中,接合部1346的上端可以不设置第一卡孔1347,座椅135的接合槽中可以不设置杆件。第二卡孔1348用于与座椅135的卡合凸起配合,以使得座椅135的固定更加稳固。Referring to Figures 38 to 41, in one embodiment, the upper end of the joint 1346 is provided with a first latching hole 1347 and/or the lower end of the base 1349 is provided with a second latching hole 1348. The first latching hole 1347 is used to engage with the rod in the engagement groove of the seat 135 to stably fix the seat 135 installed on the cart and prevent it from shaking. Of course, in other embodiments, the first latching hole 1347 may not be provided at the upper end of the joint 1346, and the rod may not be provided in the engagement groove of the seat 135. The second latching hole 1348 is used to cooperate with the engaging protrusion of the seat 135 to make the fixation of the seat 135 more stable.

继续参考图38至图41,在一个实施例中,固定座133设置有连接端部1333,卡合座134设置有第三连接槽1342,连接端部1333插入第三连接槽1342,以将固定座133和卡合座134可枢转地连接。连接端部1333朝向卡合座134的一端形成有两个相对的第一凸部13331和两个相对的第一凹部13332,两个第一凸部13331由两个第一凹部13332间隔开,相邻的第一凸部13331与第一凹部13332之间设置有第一斜面13333。第三连接槽1342的底壁形成有两个相对的第二凸部13421和两个相对的第二凹部13422,两个第二凸部13421由两个第二凹部13422间隔开,相邻的第二凸部13421与第二凹部13422之间设置有第二斜面13423。当卡合座134处于收合位置,两个第二凸部13421分别配合在两个第一凹部13331中,且两个第一凸部13331分别配合在两个第二凹部13422中。当卡合座134从收合位置枢转至展开位置时,第一凸部13331从第二凹部13422中脱离,通过第二斜面13423与第一斜面13333的抵接配合,第一凸部13331滑动至与第二凸部13421抵接的位置,卡合座134朝向远离固定座133的方向滑动。Continuing with reference to Figures 38 to 41, in one embodiment, the fixing seat 133 is provided with a connecting end 1333, and the engaging seat 134 is provided with a third connecting slot 1342. The connecting end 1333 is inserted into the third connecting slot 1342 to pivotally connect the fixing seat 133 and the engaging seat 134. The connecting end 1333 is formed with two opposing first protrusions 13331 and two opposing first recesses 13332 at one end facing the engaging seat 134. The two first protrusions 13331 are separated by two first recesses 13332, and a first inclined surface 13333 is provided between adjacent first protrusions 13331 and first recesses 13332. The bottom wall of the third connecting groove 1342 is formed with two opposing second protrusions 13421 and two opposing second recesses 13422. The two second protrusions 13421 are separated by two second recesses 13422, and a second inclined surface 13423 is provided between adjacent second protrusions 13421 and second recesses 13422. When the engaging seat 134 is in the retracted position, the two second protrusions 13421 respectively engage with the two first recesses 13331, and the two first protrusions 13331 respectively engage with the two second recesses 13422. When the engaging seat 134 pivots from the retracted position to the deployed position, the first protrusion 13331 disengages from the second recesses 13422. The abutment between the second inclined surface 13423 and the first inclined surface 13333 causes the first protrusion 13331 to slide into contact with the second protrusion 13421, and the engaging seat 134 slides away from the fixed seat 133.

参考图39至图41,在一个实施例中,固定座133设置有安装槽1334。安装槽1334容纳支撑架13的侧杆,通过固定件,例如铆钉、螺钉或者螺栓和螺母等,将安装槽1334固定在相应的侧杆上,由此实现固定座133与侧杆的连接。在一个实施例中,卡合座134设置有安装通孔1340,安装通孔1340内设置有端盖1335和第一弹性件1331,端盖1335连接至固定座133,第一弹性件1331的一端抵接安装通孔1340的端壁,第一弹性件1331的另一端抵接端盖1335,第一弹性件1331持续向卡合座134施加压力,使得卡合座134具有朝向固定座133滑动的运动趋势。可选地,第一弹性件1331可以是弹簧、弹片、扭簧等,只要能够持续对卡合座134施加压力即可。Referring to Figures 39 to 41, in one embodiment, the fixing seat 133 is provided with a mounting groove 1334. The mounting groove 1334 accommodates the side rods of the support frame 13. The mounting groove 1334 is fixed to the corresponding side rod by fixing members, such as rivets, screws, or bolts and nuts, thereby achieving the connection between the fixing seat 133 and the side rods. In one embodiment, the engaging seat 134 is provided with a mounting through hole 1340. The mounting through hole 1340 is provided with an end cap 1335 and a first elastic member 1331. The end cap 1335 is connected to the fixing seat 133. One end of the first elastic member 1331 abuts the end wall of the mounting through hole 1340, and the other end of the first elastic member 1331 abuts the end cap 1335. The first elastic member 1331 continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat 134, causing the engaging seat 134 to have a tendency to slide toward the fixing seat 133. Optionally, the first elastic member 1331 may be a spring, a spring, a torsion spring, etc., as long as it can continuously apply pressure to the engaging seat 134 .

参考图40至图41,固定座133的连接端部1333的腔体内具有一第一连接轴13334,卡合座134的第三连接槽1342内还设有一凸起部13424,两个相对的第二凸部13421和两个相对的第二凹部13422位于凸起部13424的周边,凸起部13424具有一配合孔13425,第一连接轴13334插入配合孔13425中,卡合座134能绕配合孔13425的轴向与固定座133相对枢转。第一连接轴13334的外边缘和配合孔13425的内边缘中的其中一者设有限位肋13335,第一连接轴13334的外边缘和配合孔13425的内边缘中的另一者设有限位槽13426,限位槽13426与限位肋13335配合以限制卡合座134相对于固定座133的旋转范围,避免卡合座134旋转过渡。Referring to Figures 40 to 41, a first connecting shaft 13334 is provided in the cavity of the connecting end 1333 of the fixing seat 133, and a protrusion 13424 is also provided in the third connecting groove 1342 of the snap-fit seat 134. Two opposite second protrusions 13421 and two opposite second recesses 13422 are located around the protrusion 13424, and the protrusion 13424 has a matching hole 13425. The first connecting shaft 13334 is inserted into the matching hole 13425, and the snap-fit seat 134 can pivot relative to the fixing seat 133 around the axial direction of the matching hole 13425. One of the outer edge of the first connecting shaft 13334 and the inner edge of the matching hole 13425 is provided with a limiting rib 13335, and the other of the outer edge of the first connecting shaft 13334 and the inner edge of the matching hole 13425 is provided with a limiting groove 13426. The limiting groove 13426 cooperates with the limiting rib 13335 to limit the rotation range of the snap-fit seat 134 relative to the fixed seat 133, thereby avoiding excessive rotation of the snap-fit seat 134.

在图40和图41所示的本实施例中,限位肋13335设置在第一连接轴13334上,限位槽13426设置在配合孔13425中,限位槽13426的周向两个端部的夹角为大致90°,由此通过限位槽13426与限位肋13335的配合允许卡合座134大致旋转90°,以在展开位置和收合位置之间旋转。具体地,当卡合座134处于(例如图30所示的)收合位置时,限位肋13335与限位槽13426的一个端部抵接,由此限制卡合座134沿逆时针(参考图30的方向D3)方向的旋转,卡合座134仅能够沿顺时针方向(参考图30的方向D4)旋转;将卡合座134沿顺时针方向旋转大致90°,卡合座134到达图41所示的展开位置,此时限位肋13335与限位槽13426的另一个端部抵接,由此限制卡合座134继续沿顺时针(参考图31的方向D4)方向的旋转,卡合座134仅能够沿逆时针方向(参考图31的方向D3)旋转回到收合位置。本领域技术人员可以理解的是,本实施例中大致90°的旋转范围仅为示例性的,本领域技术人员可以根据需要设置其他合适的旋转范围,例如可以将限位槽13426的周向两个端部的夹角设置为大致180°,由此当卡合座134到达图41所示的展开位置时,卡合座134沿顺时针(参考图31的方向D4)方向的再次大致旋转90°,以脱离展开位置到达另一收合位置。In the present embodiment shown in Figures 40 and 41, the limiting rib 13335 is arranged on the first connecting shaft 13334, and the limiting groove 13426 is arranged in the matching hole 13425. The angle between the two circumferential ends of the limiting groove 13426 is approximately 90°. Thus, the cooperation between the limiting groove 13426 and the limiting rib 13335 allows the locking seat 134 to rotate approximately 90° so as to rotate between the expanded position and the folded position. Specifically, when the locking seat 134 is in the folded position (for example, as shown in Figure 30), the limiting rib 13335 abuts against one end of the limiting groove 13426, thereby limiting the rotation of the locking seat 134 in the counterclockwise direction (refer to direction D3 in Figure 30), and the locking seat 134 can only rotate in the clockwise direction (refer to direction D4 in Figure 30); the locking seat 134 is rotated approximately 90° in the clockwise direction, and the locking seat 134 reaches the expanded position shown in Figure 41. At this time, the limiting rib 13335 abuts against the other end of the limiting groove 13426, thereby limiting the locking seat 134 from continuing to rotate in the clockwise direction (refer to direction D4 in Figure 31), and the locking seat 134 can only rotate in the counterclockwise direction (refer to direction D3 in Figure 31) to return to the folded position. Those skilled in the art will understand that the rotation range of approximately 90° in this embodiment is merely exemplary, and those skilled in the art may set other suitable rotation ranges as needed. For example, the angle between the two circumferential ends of the limiting groove 13426 may be set to approximately 180°, so that when the locking seat 134 reaches the deployed position shown in FIG41 , the locking seat 134 rotates again approximately 90° in the clockwise direction (refer to direction D4 in FIG31 ) to move from the deployed position to another retracted position.

继续参考图39至图41,在一个实施例中,端盖1335具有朝向固定座133延伸的第二连接轴13351,可以通过例如铆钉等紧固件(未图示)穿过第一连接轴13334和第二连接轴13351而将端盖1335与固定座133连接。Continuing to refer to Figures 39 to 41, in one embodiment, the end cover 1335 has a second connecting shaft 13351 extending toward the fixing seat 133, and the end cover 1335 can be connected to the fixing seat 133 by passing through the first connecting shaft 13334 and the second connecting shaft 13351 through fasteners such as rivets (not shown).

参考图40和图41,连接端部1333设置有锁孔1332,卡合座134包括安装腔1343和释锁操作件1341,释锁操作件1341可滑动地设置在安装腔1343中。释锁操作件1341包括:锁定部13411和按压部13413。当卡合座134枢转至展开位置时,锁定部13411进入锁孔1332,以将卡合座134锁定在展开位置。按压部13413连接至锁定部13411,通过向按压部13413施加压力,使得释锁操作件1341朝向远离锁孔1332的方向滑动,使得锁定部13411脱离锁孔1332,以释放对卡合座134的锁定。可选地,安装腔1343设置有滑槽13431,释锁操作件1341通过销轴13412可滑动地连接至滑槽13431,由此释锁操作件1341能够沿着滑槽13431的长度方向滑动,以使得锁定部13411进入或者退出锁孔1332。可选地,卡合座134包括第二弹性件13414,第二弹性件13414的一端固定在安装腔1343内,第二弹性件13414的另一端抵靠释锁操作件1341,第二弹性件13414持续对释锁操作件1341施加压力,使得释锁操作件1341具有朝向第三连接槽1342滑动的运动趋势。可选地,第二弹性件可以是弹簧、弹片、扭簧等,只要能够持续对释锁操作件1341施加压力即可。可选地,卡合座134包括壳体1344和盖板1345。盖板1345可拆卸地连接至壳体134,以在卡合座134内形成一安装空间,安装腔1343设置在该安装空间中。40 and 41 , the connecting end 1333 is provided with a locking hole 1332. The engaging seat 134 includes a mounting cavity 1343 and a release operating member 1341 slidably disposed within the mounting cavity 1343. The release operating member 1341 includes a locking portion 13411 and a pressing portion 13413. When the engaging seat 134 pivots to the deployed position, the locking portion 13411 enters the locking hole 1332, locking the engaging seat 134 in the deployed position. The pressing portion 13413 is connected to the locking portion 13411. Applying pressure to the pressing portion 13413 causes the release operating member 1341 to slide away from the locking hole 1332, disengaging the locking portion 13411 from the locking hole 1332 and releasing the locking of the engaging seat 134. Optionally, the mounting cavity 1343 is provided with a slide groove 13431, and the release operating member 1341 is slidably connected to the slide groove 13431 via a pin 13412. Thus, the release operating member 1341 can slide along the length of the slide groove 13431, causing the locking portion 13411 to enter or exit the lock hole 1332. Optionally, the engaging seat 134 includes a second elastic member 13414. One end of the second elastic member 13414 is fixed within the mounting cavity 1343, and the other end of the second elastic member 13414 abuts against the release operating member 1341. The second elastic member 13414 continuously applies pressure to the release operating member 1341, causing the release operating member 1341 to slide toward the third connecting groove 1342. Alternatively, the second elastic member can be a spring, a spring, a torsion spring, or the like, as long as it can continuously apply pressure to the release operating member 1341. Optionally, the engaging seat 134 includes a housing 1344 and a cover plate 1345. The cover plate 1345 is detachably connected to the housing 134 to form an installation space in the engaging seat 134, and the installation cavity 1343 is disposed in the installation space.

参考图42至图45,在一个实施例中,座椅固定机构132,包括:固定座233和卡合座234。该卡合座234可枢转地连接至该固定座233,该卡合座234能够在收合位置和展开位置之间枢转。具体地,推车包括支撑架13,在支撑架13的两个侧杆(即大致沿着长度方向L延伸的杆)上各自连接有一个座椅固定机构132,如图42所示。为描述方便,在下文的描述中,仅针对其中一个座椅固定机构132进行描述,本领域技术人员应该理解,设置在两个侧杆上的座椅固定机构132具有相同结构,并且同时在收合位置和展开位置之间枢转。需要注意的是,在实际使用中,设置在两个侧杆上的座椅固定机构132的卡合座234同时在收合位置和展开位置之间枢转,这旨在方便推车收合操作,以及用于连接座椅135,参考图43和图45,这是实际使用场景所需,这但这并不意味着两个卡合座234不能独立地枢转。42 to 45 , in one embodiment, the seat fixing mechanism 132 includes a fixing seat 233 and a snap-fit seat 234. The snap-fit seat 234 is pivotally connected to the fixing seat 233, and the snap-fit seat 234 is capable of pivoting between a folded position and an expanded position. Specifically, the cart includes a support frame 13, and a seat fixing mechanism 132 is connected to each of the two side rods (i.e., rods extending roughly along the length direction L) of the support frame 13, as shown in FIG42 . For ease of description, in the following description, only one of the seat fixing mechanisms 132 is described. Those skilled in the art should understand that the seat fixing mechanisms 132 provided on the two side rods have the same structure and pivot simultaneously between the folded position and the expanded position. It should be noted that in actual use, the snap-fit seats 234 of the seat fixing mechanism 132 arranged on the two side rods pivot between the folded position and the unfolded position at the same time, which is intended to facilitate the folding operation of the cart and to connect the seat 135, referring to Figures 43 and 45. This is required for actual use scenarios, but this does not mean that the two snap-fit seats 234 cannot pivot independently.

继续参考图42至图45,在一个实施例中,卡合座234包括:接合部2346和基部2349。该接合部2346配置为插入在座椅135的接合槽(未图示)中,该基部2349连接至该接合部2346,并且与该固定座233可枢转地连接。可选地,接合部2346与基部2349一体成型。可选地,参考图43,该接合部2346和该基部2349之间具有圆弧状的过渡区域,并且该接合部2346的宽度小于该基部2349的宽度,以适配座椅135的侧壁的形状。Continuing to refer to Figures 42 to 45, in one embodiment, the engaging seat 234 includes: an engaging portion 2346 and a base 2349. The engaging portion 2346 is configured to be inserted into an engaging groove (not shown) of the seat 135, and the base 2349 is connected to the engaging portion 2346 and is pivotally connected to the fixed seat 233. Optionally, the engaging portion 2346 and the base 2349 are integrally formed. Optionally, referring to Figure 43, there is an arc-shaped transition area between the engaging portion 2346 and the base 2349, and the width of the engaging portion 2346 is smaller than the width of the base 2349 to adapt to the shape of the side wall of the seat 135.

参考图46至图47,在一个实施例中,当卡合座234处于收合位置,两个卡合座234的接合部2346之间的间距为L1,两个卡合座234的基部2349之间的间距为L2,参考图46。可选地,L1的范围大致为359.46mm≤L1≤439.34mm,例如L1大致为399.4mm;L2的范围大致为329.4mm≤L2≤402.6mm,例如L2大致为366mm。需要说明的是,在本实施例中,由于当卡合座234处于收合位置时,两个卡合座234的接合部2346位于支撑架13的两个侧杆的下方被两个侧杆分别遮挡至少一部分,图46中标识的两个接合部2346之间的间距与支撑架13的两个侧杆的间距相近。本领域技术人员可以理解,可以根据实际需要改变支撑架13的两个侧杆的间距,以改变L1的大小。当卡合座234处于展开位置,两个卡合座234的接合部2346之间的间距为L1’,两个卡合座234的基部2349之间的间距为L2’,参考图47。可选地,301.86mm≤L1’≤368.94mm,L1’例如大致为335.4mm;L2’例如大致为302mm。本领域技术人员可以理解,实际使用中,可以根据待固定的座椅135的两个接合槽的间距选择合适的L1’的大小。从展开位置枢转至收合位置,两个卡合座234之间的间距增大了ΔL(即L1-L1’)或ΔL(即L2-L2’),例如ΔL大致为44mm,对比参考图46和图47。处于收合位置的卡合座234低于固定座233在高度方向H上的上表面,也即,位于支撑架13的相应侧杆的下方,参考图48。与图30至图41所示的实施例相比,本实施例中的两个卡合座234在收合位置时具有更大的间距L1,由此对于支撑架13的两个侧杆之间的空间的侵占更小,这样一方面有利于减小在推车收合时卡合座234对推车其他部件的干涉,另一方面推车使用过程中也可以不需要使用座椅,两个卡合座234在收合位置的间距增大有利于减少卡合座234对用户作业的干扰,例如减少卡合座234干扰和妨碍就坐于支撑架13与布套形成的车厢中的儿童活动,或者减少卡合座234干扰和妨碍用户放取物品支撑架。根据本实施例的座椅135与根据与图30至图41所示的实施例的座椅135相同。With reference to Figures 46 and 47, in one embodiment, when the engaging seats 234 are in the retracted position, the spacing between the engagement portions 2346 of the two engaging seats 234 is L1, and the spacing between the base portions 2349 of the two engaging seats 234 is L2, with reference to Figure 46. Optionally, L1 is approximately in the range of 359.46mm≤L1≤439.34mm, for example, L1 is approximately 399.4mm; and L2 is approximately in the range of 329.4mm≤L2≤402.6mm, for example, L2 is approximately 366mm. It should be noted that in this embodiment, because when the engaging seats 234 are in the retracted position, the engagement portions 2346 of the two engaging seats 234 are located below the two side bars of the support frame 13 and are at least partially obscured by the two side bars, the spacing between the two engagement portions 2346 indicated in Figure 46 is similar to the spacing between the two side bars of the support frame 13. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the spacing between the two side bars of the support frame 13 can be adjusted to suit actual needs to change the size of L1. When the engaging seats 234 are in the deployed position, the spacing between the engagement portions 2346 of the two engaging seats 234 is L1', and the spacing between the base portions 2349 of the two engaging seats 234 is L2', as shown in Figure 47. Optionally, 301.86mm≤L1'≤368.94mm, with L1' being approximately 335.4mm, for example, and L2' being approximately 302mm, for example. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, in actual use, an appropriate size of L1' can be selected based on the spacing between the two engagement slots of the seat 135 to be secured. When pivoting from the deployed position to the retracted position, the spacing between the two engaging seats 234 increases by ΔL (i.e., L1-L1') or ΔL (i.e., L2-L2'), for example, ΔL being approximately 44mm, as shown in Figures 46 and 47. In the folded position, the engaging seats 234 are lower than the upper surface of the fixing seat 233 in the height direction H, that is, located below the corresponding side bars of the support frame 13 (see Figure 48). Compared to the embodiment shown in Figures 30 to 41, the two engaging seats 234 in this embodiment have a larger spacing L1 when folded, thereby less encroaching on the space between the two side bars of the support frame 13. This helps reduce interference between the engaging seats 234 and other components of the stroller when folded. It also helps eliminate the need for a seat during use. The increased spacing between the two engaging seats 234 in the folded position helps reduce interference with user activities, such as reducing interference with and obstruction of a child seated in the compartment formed by the support frame 13 and the cover, or reducing interference with and obstruction of a user placing or removing items from the support frame. The seat 135 according to this embodiment is the same as the seat 135 according to the embodiment shown in Figures 30 to 41.

参考图45,在一个实施例中,接合部2346的上端设置有第一卡孔2347和/或基部2349的下端设置有第二卡孔2348。第一卡孔2347用于与座椅135的接合槽中的杆件结合,以稳定固定安装在推车上的座椅135,避免其发生晃动。第二卡孔2348用于与座椅135的卡合凸起配合,以使得座椅135的固定更加稳固。Referring to Figure 45 , in one embodiment, a first engaging hole 2347 is provided at the upper end of the engaging portion 2346 and/or a second engaging hole 2348 is provided at the lower end of the base 2349. The first engaging hole 2347 is configured to engage with a rod in the engaging groove of the seat 135 to stabilize and prevent the seat 135 from shaking when mounted on the stroller. The second engaging hole 2348 is configured to engage with a locking protrusion on the seat 135 to further secure the seat 135.

参考图49,在一个实施例中,固定座233设置有枢转轴235,卡合座234设置有安装孔2343,安装孔2343套设在枢转轴235上,卡合座234能够围绕枢转轴235枢转,并且沿着枢转轴235的轴向滑动。可选地,枢转轴235和安装孔2343的位置可以互换,即,固定座233设置有安装孔2343,卡合座234设置有枢转轴235。卡合座234枢转至收合位置,在高度方向H上,卡合座234不突出于固定座233的上表面。可选地,参考图48,卡合座234枢转至收合位置,在高度方向H上,卡合座234低于固定座233的上表面。可选地,固定座233还设置有限位部2333,卡合座234还设置有限位孔2344。当卡合座234枢转至收合位置,限位部2333卡合在限位孔2344中。可选地,限位部2333和限位孔2344的位置可以互换,即,固定座233还设置有限位孔2344,卡合座234设置有限位部2333。可选地,限位部2333包括多个指状的弹性件23331,多个弹性件23331之间间隔设置,每个弹性件23331的远离固定座233的端部呈凸起状并设置有引导斜面23332。当弹性件23331插入限位孔2344时,限位孔2344的内壁挤压引导斜面23332,导致弹性件23331朝向弹性件23331之间间隔空间形变。在弹性件23331插入限位孔2344后,由于弹性件23331自身的弹性回复力,使得弹性件23331压靠在限位孔2344的内壁上,凸起状的端部穿过限位孔2344并挡止于限位孔2344的周壁,由此防止弹性件23331从限位孔2344脱出。实际使用时,使用者向卡合座234施加一定的拉力,克服凸起状的端部与限位孔之间的移动限制,使得卡合座234朝向远离固定座233的方向滑动。可选地,固定座233设置有弧形的连接体2330,卡合座234设置有槽体2340,槽体2340的形状与连接体2330的形状相匹配。具体地,连接体2330设置为从固定座233的朝向卡合座234的一侧凸出,槽体2340设置为从卡合座234的朝向固定座233的一侧凸出,当卡合座234处于收合位置,连接体2330与槽体2340彼此错位。当需要将卡合座234枢转至展开位置时,使用者向卡合座234施加拉力,使得弹性件23331从限位孔2344脱出,卡合座234朝向远离固定座233的方向滑动,并且连接体2330的一端与槽体2340一端彼此对其;之后使用者旋转卡合座234,使得连接体2330逐渐进入槽体2340中;当卡合座234旋转至展开位置,连接体2330完全配合在槽体2340中。可选地,连接体2330和槽体2340的位置可以互换,即,固定座233还设置有槽体2340,卡合座234设置有连接体2330。可选地,连接体2330设置有第一连接槽2331和第一连接边缘2332,槽体2340设置有第二连接槽2341和第二连接边缘2342。当卡合座234枢转至展开位置,第二连接槽2341容纳第一连接边缘2332,第二连接边缘2342进入第一连接槽2331。可选地,第一连接槽2331可以是鸠尾槽或者长方体形状的凹槽。可选地,连接体2330和槽体2340中的一者设置有限位凹2334,连接体2330和槽体2340中的另一者设置有限位件2345。当卡合座234枢转至展开位置,限位件2345卡合在限位凹2334中,以将卡合座234锁定在展开位置。在本实施例中,固定座233和卡合座234之间还可以设置有第三弹性件(未图示),第三弹性件抵接卡合座234并且持续向卡合座234施加压力,使得卡合座234具有朝向固定座233滑动的运动趋势。在其他实施例中,可以不设置第三弹性件,通过用户的推动操作来把卡合座234沿着枢转轴235朝固定座233移动。Referring to FIG49 , in one embodiment, the fixed seat 233 is provided with a pivot shaft 235, and the engaging seat 234 is provided with a mounting hole 2343. The mounting hole 2343 is sleeved on the pivot shaft 235, and the engaging seat 234 is capable of pivoting about the pivot shaft 235 and sliding along the axial direction of the pivot shaft 235. Optionally, the positions of the pivot shaft 235 and the mounting hole 2343 can be interchanged, that is, the fixed seat 233 is provided with the mounting hole 2343, and the engaging seat 234 is provided with the pivot shaft 235. When the engaging seat 234 pivots to a retracted position, the engaging seat 234 does not protrude above the upper surface of the fixed seat 233 in the height direction H. Alternatively, referring to FIG48 , when the engaging seat 234 pivots to a retracted position, the engaging seat 234 is lower than the upper surface of the fixed seat 233 in the height direction H. Optionally, the fixing seat 233 is further provided with a limiting portion 2333, and the engaging seat 234 is further provided with a limiting hole 2344. When the engaging seat 234 pivots to the retracted position, the limiting portion 2333 engages with the limiting hole 2344. Optionally, the positions of the limiting portion 2333 and the limiting hole 2344 are interchangeable, i.e., the fixing seat 233 is further provided with the limiting hole 2344, and the engaging seat 234 is provided with the limiting portion 2333. Optionally, the limiting portion 2333 includes a plurality of finger-shaped elastic members 23331, which are spaced apart from each other. The end of each elastic member 23331, which is away from the fixing seat 233, is convex and provided with a guiding slope 23332. When the elastic member 23331 is inserted into the limiting hole 2344, the inner wall of the limiting hole 2344 presses against the guiding slope 23332, causing the elastic member 23331 to deform toward the space between the elastic members 23331. After the elastic member 23331 is inserted into the limiting hole 2344, due to its own elastic restoring force, the elastic member 23331 presses against the inner wall of the limiting hole 2344. The raised end passes through the limiting hole 2344 and is stopped by the surrounding wall of the limiting hole 2344, thereby preventing the elastic member 23331 from escaping from the limiting hole 2344. In actual use, the user applies a certain pulling force to the engaging seat 234 to overcome the movement restriction between the raised end and the limiting hole, causing the engaging seat 234 to slide away from the fixing seat 233. Optionally, the fixing seat 233 is provided with an arc-shaped connecting body 2330, and the engaging seat 234 is provided with a groove body 2340, the shape of which matches the shape of the connecting body 2330. Specifically, the connecting body 2330 is provided to protrude from the side of the fixing seat 233 facing the engaging seat 234, and the groove body 2340 is provided to protrude from the side of the engaging seat 234 facing the fixing seat 233. When the engaging seat 234 is in the retracted position, the connecting body 2330 and the groove body 2340 are offset from each other. When the engaging seat 234 needs to be pivoted to the deployed position, the user applies a pulling force to the engaging seat 234, causing the elastic member 23331 to disengage from the limiting hole 2344, causing the engaging seat 234 to slide away from the fixed seat 233, and aligning one end of the connector 2330 with one end of the slot 2340. The user then rotates the engaging seat 234, causing the connector 2330 to gradually enter the slot 2340. When the engaging seat 234 is rotated to the deployed position, the connector 2330 is fully engaged with the slot 2340. Optionally, the positions of the connector 2330 and the slot 2340 can be interchanged, i.e., the fixed seat 233 also includes the slot 2340, and the engaging seat 234 includes the connector 2330. Optionally, the connector 2330 includes a first connecting groove 2331 and a first connecting edge 2332, and the slot 2340 includes a second connecting groove 2341 and a second connecting edge 2342. When the engaging seat 234 pivots to the deployed position, the second connecting groove 2341 accommodates the first connecting edge 2332, and the second connecting edge 2342 enters the first connecting groove 2331. Optionally, the first connecting groove 2331 can be a dovetail groove or a rectangular parallelepiped groove. Optionally, one of the connecting body 2330 and the groove body 2340 is provided with a limiting recess 2334, and the other of the connecting body 2330 and the groove body 2340 is provided with a limiting member 2345. When the engaging seat 234 pivots to the deployed position, the limiting member 2345 engages in the limiting recess 2334 to lock the engaging seat 234 in the deployed position. In this embodiment, a third elastic member (not shown) can also be provided between the fixed seat 233 and the engaging seat 234. The third elastic member abuts the engaging seat 234 and continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat 234, causing the engaging seat 234 to have a tendency to slide toward the fixed seat 233. In other embodiments, the third elastic member may not be provided, and the engaging seat 234 may be moved toward the fixing seat 233 along the pivot axis 235 through a pushing operation by the user.

下文将分别描述图30至图41所示的实施例与图42至图49所示的实施例的工作原理。The working principles of the embodiments shown in Figures 30 to 41 and the embodiments shown in Figures 42 to 49 will be described below respectively.

对于图30至图41所示的实施例中的推车,在未安装座椅135时,座椅固定机构132的卡合座134处于如图30所示的收合位置,此时推车两侧的座椅固定机构132具有较大的间距L1(或L2)。当需要安装座椅135时,如有必要,需要将与座椅135干涉的附件拆卸下来,例如将餐盘组件130拆卸下来;若餐盘组件130不干涉座椅135的装配,亦可不需将餐盘组件130拆卸下来。使用者将卡合座134从收合位置枢转至展开位置,在枢转过程中,由于连接端部1333与第三连接槽1342的配合,卡合座134同时还朝向远离固定座133的方向滑动,即,位于推车两侧的卡合座134将朝向彼此滑动。由此,推车两侧的座椅固定机构132的间距将减小至L1’(或L2’),以适配座椅135的两个接合槽的间距。当卡合座134枢转至展开位置,在第二弹性件13414的作用下,锁定部13411进入锁孔1332,将卡合座134锁定在展开位置。此时将接合部1346插入座椅135的接合槽,座椅135的靠背部的后方还可以进一步卡接到支撑架13上(如图37所示,座椅135还与支撑架13的前方杆体相卡接),完成座椅135的固定安装。无需使用座椅135时,将接合部1346从座椅135的接合槽中拔出,座椅135与支撑架13的前方杆体相脱离,移除座椅135。使用者按压释锁操作件1341的按压部13413,使得锁定部13411退出锁孔1332,然后将卡合座134朝向收合位置枢转,在第一弹性件1331的作用下,卡合座134朝向固定座133滑动。当卡合座134枢转至收合位置,推车两侧的座椅固定机构132再次增加至L1(或L2)。In the embodiment of the stroller shown in Figures 30 to 41 , when the seat 135 is not installed, the engaging base 134 of the seat securing mechanism 132 is in the retracted position shown in Figure 30 . At this point, the seat securing mechanisms 132 on either side of the stroller are spaced a large distance L1 (or L2). When the seat 135 is installed, if necessary, accessories that interfere with the seat 135, such as the dining tray assembly 130, need to be removed. However, if the dining tray assembly 130 does not interfere with the assembly of the seat 135, the dining tray assembly 130 does not need to be removed. When the user pivots the engaging base 134 from the retracted position to the deployed position, the engaging base 134 simultaneously slides away from the securing base 133 during the pivoting process due to the engagement of the connecting end 1333 with the third connecting slot 1342. In other words, the engaging bases 134 on either side of the stroller slide toward each other. As a result, the spacing between the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the cart will be reduced to L1' (or L2') to match the spacing between the two engagement grooves of the seat 135. When the engaging seat 134 pivots to the deployed position, under the action of the second elastic member 13414, the locking portion 13411 enters the lock hole 1332, locking the engaging seat 134 in the deployed position. At this time, the engaging portion 1346 is inserted into the engagement groove of the seat 135, and the rear of the backrest of the seat 135 can be further engaged with the support frame 13 (as shown in Figure 37, the seat 135 is also engaged with the front rod of the support frame 13), completing the fixed installation of the seat 135. When the seat 135 is no longer needed, the engaging portion 1346 is pulled out of the engagement groove of the seat 135, the seat 135 is disengaged from the front rod of the support frame 13, and the seat 135 is removed. The user presses the pressing portion 13413 of the unlocking operating member 1341, causing the locking portion 13411 to exit the locking hole 1332. The user then pivots the engaging seat 134 toward the retracted position. Under the action of the first elastic member 1331, the engaging seat 134 slides toward the fixing seat 133. When the engaging seat 134 pivots to the retracted position, the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller are increased to L1 (or L2) again.

对于图42至图49所示的实施例中的推车,在未安装座椅135时,座椅固定机构132的卡合座234处于如图46所示地收合位置,此时卡合座234低于固定座233在高度方向H上的上表面,推车两侧的座椅固定机构132具有较大的间距L1(或L2)。当需要安装座椅135时,如有必要,需要将与座椅135干涉的附件拆卸下来,例如将餐盘组件130拆卸下来。然后,使用者将卡合座234从收合位置枢转至展开位置。具体地,使用者首先将卡合座234朝向远离固定座233的方向拉出,使得限位部2333脱离限位孔2344。由此,推车两侧的座椅固定机构132的间距减小至L1’(或L2’),以适配座椅135的两个接合槽的间距。然后,使用者朝向展开位置枢转卡合座234。在枢转过程中,第二连接槽2341容纳第一连接边缘2332,第二连接边缘2342进入第一连接槽2331,由此弧形的连接体2330逐渐进入并且配合在槽体2340中。当卡合座234枢转至展开位置,限位件2345卡合在限位凹2334中,卡合座234被锁定在展开位置。此时将接合部2346插入座椅135的接合槽,座椅135的靠背部的后方还可以进一步卡接到支撑架13上,完成座椅135的固定安装。无需使用座椅135时,将接合部2346从座椅135的接合槽中拔出,移除座椅135。使用者朝向收合位置枢转卡合座234,在第三弹性件的作用下或者用户的推动操作下,卡合座234朝向固定座233滑动。当卡合座234枢转至收合位置,推车两侧的座椅固定机构132再次增加至L1(或L2)。In the embodiment of the stroller shown in Figures 42 to 49 , when the seat 135 is not installed, the engaging base 234 of the seat fixing mechanism 132 is in the retracted position, as shown in Figure 46 . In this position, the engaging base 234 is lower than the upper surface of the fixing base 233 in the height direction H, and the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller are spaced apart by a larger distance, L1 (or L2). When the seat 135 is to be installed, if necessary, accessories that interfere with the seat 135 need to be removed, such as the dining tray assembly 130. The user then pivots the engaging base 234 from the retracted position to the deployed position. Specifically, the user first pulls the engaging base 234 away from the fixing base 233, disengaging the stopper 2333 from the stopper hole 2344. This reduces the distance between the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller to L1' (or L2'), matching the distance between the two engagement slots of the seat 135. The user then pivots the engaging base 234 toward the deployed position. During the pivoting process, the second connecting groove 2341 accommodates the first connecting edge 2332, and the second connecting edge 2342 enters the first connecting groove 2331, thereby gradually inserting and fitting the arcuate connecting body 2330 into the groove body 2340. When the engaging seat 234 pivots to the deployed position, the stopper 2345 engages with the stopper recess 2334, locking the engaging seat 234 in the deployed position. At this point, the engaging portion 2346 is inserted into the engaging groove of the seat 135. The rear portion of the backrest of the seat 135 can further engage with the support frame 13, completing the secure installation of the seat 135. When the seat 135 is no longer needed, the engaging portion 2346 is removed from the engaging groove of the seat 135 to remove the seat 135. The user pivots the engaging seat 234 toward the collapsed position. Under the action of the third elastic member or the user's push, the engaging seat 234 slides toward the fixed seat 233. When the engaging base 234 pivots to the folded position, the seat fixing mechanisms 132 on both sides of the stroller are increased to L1 (or L2) again.

参考图50和图51,本申请的一个实施例提供了一种置物组件3。该置物组件3设置在例如车手14上。具体地,该置物组件3包括:安装架30和容器31。在本实施例中,车手14包括推把142和延伸杆145,其中推把142大致呈U型,延伸杆145呈直管状且通过枢转组件4与推把142的端部连接,推把142和延伸杆145可通过枢转组件4相互枢转,由此减少推车收合后的体积。该枢转组件4包括相互枢接的第一接头41和第二接头42,第一接头41与推把142相连接,第二接头42与延伸杆145相连接。可选地,第一接头41上设置有释锁按钮410,例如,第一接头41的内侧上设置有释锁按钮410,用于释锁推把142和延伸杆145之间的锁定,允许推把142相对于延伸杆145枢转。推把142和延伸杆145之间的锁定和释锁机构可以使用本领域已知的任意锁定和释锁机构,本申请对此不做限制。本实施例中,置物组件3连接于该枢转组件4上。具体地,在本实施例中,枢转组件4的第二接头42用作安装架30。可选地,安装架30可以根据实际需要固定设置在车手14的其他位置,例如,延伸杆145、推把142等,或者固定设置在车架的其他部分,例如后脚杆12、支撑架13等,只要置物组件3不干涉车架的收合即可。根据本实施例的置物组件3可以安装于图1至图49所示的任一实施例中。With reference to Figures 50 and 51 , an embodiment of the present application provides a storage assembly 3. The storage assembly 3 is provided on, for example, a handlebar 14. Specifically, the storage assembly 3 includes: a mounting frame 30 and a container 31. In this embodiment, the handlebar 14 includes a push handle 142 and an extension rod 145, wherein the push handle 142 is roughly U-shaped, and the extension rod 145 is a straight tube and is connected to the end of the push handle 142 through a pivot assembly 4. The push handle 142 and the extension rod 145 can pivot with each other through the pivot assembly 4, thereby reducing the volume of the cart after folding. The pivot assembly 4 includes a first joint 41 and a second joint 42 that are pivotally connected to each other, the first joint 41 is connected to the push handle 142, and the second joint 42 is connected to the extension rod 145. Optionally, a release button 410 is provided on the first joint 41. For example, a release button 410 is provided on the inner side of the first joint 41 for releasing the lock between the push handle 142 and the extension rod 145, allowing the push handle 142 to pivot relative to the extension rod 145. The locking and releasing mechanism between the push handle 142 and the extension rod 145 can use any locking and releasing mechanism known in the art, and this application is not limited thereto. In this embodiment, the storage assembly 3 is connected to the pivot assembly 4. Specifically, in this embodiment, the second joint 42 of the pivot assembly 4 serves as the mounting bracket 30. Optionally, the mounting bracket 30 can be fixedly installed at other locations on the rider 14, such as the extension rod 145, the push handle 142, etc., or fixedly installed at other parts of the frame, such as the rear foot bar 12, the support frame 13, etc., as long as the storage assembly 3 does not interfere with the folding and unfolding of the frame. The storage assembly 3 according to this embodiment can be installed in any of the embodiments shown in Figures 1 to 49.

在图50和图51所示的实施例中,安装架30的外壁301上依次设置有凸出于外壁301的第一凸出部302和第二凸出部303。第一凸出部302和第二凸出部303形成大致伞状的结构,其中,第一凸出部302相对于第二凸出部303在径向上内缩,由此在第二凸出部303的朝向车架的一侧与安装架30的外壁301之间形成第一卡合槽304。容器31设置有卡合机构32,以可拆卸地连接至安装架30上。具体地,卡合机构32包括:卡合边缘321,该卡合边缘321形成大致U形第二卡合槽324。大致U形的第二卡合槽324的相对的两个边缘上各设置有例如一个锁定凸起322,由此,两个锁定凸起322将第二卡合槽324分割为引导部3241和卡合部3242。两个锁定凸起322的间距略小于第一凸出部302的径向尺寸;卡合部3242的形状形成为与第一凸出部302的外周形状相似,且卡合部3242径向尺寸基本等于(或略大于)第一凸出部302的径向尺寸,由此当第一凸出部302能够容纳在卡合部3242中;引导部3241具有开口3243(即,大致U形的第二卡合槽324的开口3243),且引导部3241的径向尺寸大于第一凸出部302的径向尺寸。优选地,引导部3241的径向尺寸大于第一凸出部302的径向尺寸且小于第二凸出部303的径向尺寸。安装容器31时,将第二卡合槽324的开口3243对准第一凸出部302,使得第一凸出部302进入引导部3241中。继续移动容器31,使得第一凸出部302与两个锁定凸起322接触。此时,因两个锁定凸起322的间距略小于第一凸出部302的径向尺寸,第一凸出部302紧靠两个锁定凸起322。使用者继续施加的驱动容器31移动的外力使得第一凸出部302挤压两个锁定凸起322,由此将导致两个锁定凸起322朝向远离彼此的方向形变,使得第一凸出部302进入第二卡合槽324的卡合部3242。当第一凸出部302完全进入卡合部3242时,第一凸出部302容纳在卡合部3242中,第一凸出部302不再挤压两个锁定凸起322,由此两个锁定凸起322在自身弹性回复力的作用下复位,此时,卡合边缘321的一部分进入第一卡合槽304,且第一凸出部302容纳并锁定在卡合部3242内。至此,容器31固定在安装架30上,置物组件3完成安装。In the embodiment shown in Figures 50 and 51 , the outer wall 301 of the mounting frame 30 is sequentially provided with a first protrusion 302 and a second protrusion 303 that protrude from the outer wall 301. The first protrusion 302 and the second protrusion 303 form a generally umbrella-shaped structure, wherein the first protrusion 302 is radially inwardly recessed relative to the second protrusion 303. This forms a first engaging groove 304 between the side of the second protrusion 303 facing the vehicle frame and the outer wall 301 of the mounting frame 30. The container 31 is provided with a locking mechanism 32 for removably attaching to the mounting frame 30. Specifically, the locking mechanism 32 includes a locking edge 321 that forms a generally U-shaped second engaging groove 324. Two opposing edges of the generally U-shaped second engaging groove 324 are each provided with, for example, a locking protrusion 322. The two locking protrusions 322 divide the second engaging groove 324 into a guide portion 3241 and an engaging portion 3242. The distance between the two locking protrusions 322 is slightly smaller than the radial dimension of the first protrusion 302. The engaging portion 3242 is shaped similarly to the outer periphery of the first protrusion 302, and its radial dimension is substantially equal to (or slightly larger than) the radial dimension of the first protrusion 302, thereby allowing the first protrusion 302 to be accommodated within the engaging portion 3242. The guide portion 3241 has an opening 3243 (i.e., the opening 3243 of the generally U-shaped second engaging groove 324), and its radial dimension is larger than that of the first protrusion 302. Preferably, the radial dimension of the guide portion 3241 is larger than that of the first protrusion 302 and smaller than that of the second protrusion 303. When installing the container 31, the opening 3243 of the second engaging groove 324 is aligned with the first protrusion 302, allowing the first protrusion 302 to enter the guide portion 3241. The container 31 is further moved until the first protrusion 302 contacts the two locking protrusions 322. At this point, because the distance between the two locking protrusions 322 is slightly smaller than the radial dimension of the first protrusion 302, the first protrusion 302 abuts against the two locking protrusions 322. The user continues to apply external force to move the container 31, causing the first protrusion 302 to press against the two locking protrusions 322, thereby deforming the two locking protrusions 322 away from each other, causing the first protrusion 302 to enter the engaging portion 3242 of the second engaging groove 324. When the first protrusion 302 completely enters the engaging portion 3242, it is accommodated in the engaging portion 3242 and no longer presses the two locking protrusions 322. As a result, the two locking protrusions 322 return to their original positions under the action of their own elastic restoring force. At this point, a portion of the engaging edge 321 enters the first engaging groove 304, and the first protrusion 302 is accommodated and locked in the engaging portion 3242. At this point, the container 31 is fixed to the mounting frame 30, and the storage assembly 3 is completely installed.

在一个实施例中,可选地,卡合边缘321的靠近锁定凸起322的部分设置有变形槽323,第一凸出部302挤压锁定凸起322时,变形槽323有助于锁定凸起322朝向远离另一个锁定凸起322的方向形变。可选地,容器31可以是例如杯托、置物篮等的任意类型的容器。可选地,容器31的靠近第二卡合槽324的外壁设置有支撑肋33,当第一凸出部302锁定在卡合部3242内时,支撑肋33抵靠当第二凸出部303的外壁,以使得锁定更加牢固。In one embodiment, a portion of the engaging edge 321 near the locking protrusion 322 is optionally provided with a deformation groove 323. When the first protrusion 302 presses against the locking protrusion 322, the deformation groove 323 helps the locking protrusion 322 deform away from the other locking protrusion 322. Alternatively, the container 31 may be any type of container, such as a cup holder or a storage basket. Optionally, a support rib 33 is provided on the outer wall of the container 31 near the second engaging groove 324. When the first protrusion 302 is locked in the engaging portion 3242, the support rib 33 abuts against the outer wall of the second protrusion 303, further strengthening the locking.

以上所述实施例的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合,为使描述简洁,未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述,然而,只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾,都应当认为是本说明书记载的范围。The technical features of the above-mentioned embodiments can be combined arbitrarily. In order to make the description concise, not all possible combinations of the technical features in the above-mentioned embodiments are described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, they should be considered to be within the scope of this specification.

以上所述实施例仅表达了本申请的几种实施方式,其描述较为具体和详细,但并不能因此而理解为对申请专利范围的限制。应当指出的是,对于本领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本申请构思的前提下,还可以做出若干变形和改进,这些都属于本申请的保护范围。因此,本申请专利的保护范围应以所附权利要求为准。The above-described embodiments merely represent several implementation methods of the present application. While the descriptions are relatively specific and detailed, they should not be construed as limiting the scope of the patent application. It should be noted that a person of ordinary skill in the art may make various modifications and improvements without departing from the spirit of the present application, and these modifications and improvements fall within the scope of protection of the present application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present patent application shall be determined by the appended claims.

Claims (30)

一种拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,包括:第三连接座(194);转动部(192),所述转动部(192)连接至所述第三连接座(194),并且能够相对于所述第三连接座(194)在第一枢转位置和第二枢转位置之间枢转;拉杆(19),所述拉杆(19)的一端连接至所述转动部(192),当所述转动部(192)枢转至所述第一枢转位置,所述拉杆(19)枢转至竖起位置;当所述转动部(192)枢转至所述第二枢转位置,所述拉杆(19)枢转至躺倒位置;和第一定位件(193),所述第一定位件(193)设置在所述第三连接座(194)和所述转动部(192)之间,所述第一定位件(193)配置为限制所述转动部(192)枢转。A pull rod mechanism (2), characterized in that it includes: a third connecting seat (194); a rotating part (192), the rotating part (192) is connected to the third connecting seat (194) and can pivot between a first pivot position and a second pivot position relative to the third connecting seat (194); a pull rod (19), one end of the pull rod (19) is connected to the rotating part (192), when the rotating part (192) pivots to the first pivot position, the pull rod (19) pivots to an upright position; when the rotating part (192) pivots to the second pivot position, the pull rod (19) pivots to a lying position; and a first positioning member (193), the first positioning member (193) is arranged between the third connecting seat (194) and the rotating part (192), the first positioning member (193) is configured to limit the pivoting of the rotating part (192). 根据权利要求1所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第一定位件(193)是阻尼片(1931),所述阻尼片(1931)被夹紧在所述转动部(192)与所述第三连接座(194)之间。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 1 is characterized in that the first positioning member (193) is a damping plate (1931), and the damping plate (1931) is clamped between the rotating part (192) and the third connecting seat (194). 根据权利要求2所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第三连接座(194)的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间(1944),所述转动部(192)的至少一部分收容于所述枢转空间(1944),所述阻尼片(1931)被夹紧在所述转动部(192)与所述枢转空间(1944)的侧壁之间。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 2 is characterized in that one end of the third connecting seat (194) is recessed inward to form a pivot space (1944), at least a portion of the rotating portion (192) is accommodated in the pivot space (1944), and the damping plate (1931) is clamped between the rotating portion (192) and the side wall of the pivot space (1944). 根据权利要求3所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述枢转空间(1944)包括相对设置的两个侧壁(19441),所述转动部(192)的至少一部分位于所述枢转空间(1944)的两个侧壁(19441)之间,所述第一定位件(193)包括两个阻尼片(1931),两个所述阻尼片(1931)分别夹紧于所述枢转空间(1944)的两个侧壁(19441)与所述转动部(192)之间。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 3 is characterized in that the pivot space (1944) includes two side walls (19441) arranged opposite to each other, at least a portion of the rotating part (192) is located between the two side walls (19441) of the pivot space (1944), and the first positioning member (193) includes two damping plates (1931), and the two damping plates (1931) are respectively clamped between the two side walls (19441) of the pivot space (1944) and the rotating part (192). 根据权利要求1所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第一定位件(193)包括:定位凹(1932),其设置在所述转动部(192)和所述第三连接座(194)中的一者;和定位凸(1945),其设置在所述转动部(192)和所述第三连接座(194)中的另一者,当所述定位凸(1945)进入所述定位凹(1932),通过所述定位凹(1932)和所述定位凸(1945)的形状配合限制所述转动部(192)枢转。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 1 is characterized in that the first positioning member (193) includes: a positioning recess (1932), which is arranged at one of the rotating part (192) and the third connecting seat (194); and a positioning protrusion (1945), which is arranged at the other of the rotating part (192) and the third connecting seat (194); when the positioning protrusion (1945) enters the positioning recess (1932), the pivoting of the rotating part (192) is restricted by the shape matching of the positioning recess (1932) and the positioning protrusion (1945). 根据权利要求5所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第三连接座(194)的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间(1944),所述转动部(192)的至少一部分收容于所述枢转空间(1944),所述枢转空间(1944)的至少一侧壁的内表面与所述转动部的至少一表面相面对;所述转动部(192)的所述表面和所述枢转空间的所述侧壁中的一者设有至少一弹性指(199),所述转动部(192)的所述表面和所述枢转空间的所述侧壁中的另一者设有多个所述定位凹(1932),所述定位凸(1945)设于所述弹性指(199)面向所述定位凹(1932)的一侧,所述定位凸(1945)与其中一个多个所述定位凹(1932)相卡合,以将所述拉杆定位在多个枢转角度中的其中一个枢转角度。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 5 is characterized in that one end of the third connecting seat (194) is recessed inward to form a pivot space (1944), at least a portion of the rotating part (192) is accommodated in the pivot space (1944), and the inner surface of at least one side wall of the pivot space (1944) faces at least one surface of the rotating part; one of the surface of the rotating part (192) and the side wall of the pivot space is provided with at least one elastic finger (199), and the other of the surface of the rotating part (192) and the side wall of the pivot space is provided with a plurality of positioning recesses (1932), and the positioning protrusion (1945) is provided on the side of the elastic finger (199) facing the positioning recess (1932), and the positioning protrusion (1945) is engaged with one of the plurality of positioning recesses (1932) to position the pull rod at one of the plurality of pivot angles. 根据权利要求1所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第三连接座(194)的一端向内凹入以形成枢转空间(1944),所述转动部(192)的至少一部分收容于所述枢转空间(1944),所述第三连接座(194)的所述枢转空间(1944)的内壁设置有限位槽(19440);所述转动部(192)设置有限位凸(1923),所述限位凸(1923)随所述转动部(192)的枢转而在所述限位槽(19440)内滑动,当所述转动部(192)从所述第一枢转位置枢转至所述第二枢转位置,所述限位凸(1923)抵靠所述限位槽(19440)的侧壁,以限制所述转动部(192)继续枢转。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 1 is characterized in that one end of the third connecting seat (194) is recessed inward to form a pivot space (1944), at least a portion of the rotating part (192) is accommodated in the pivot space (1944), and a limiting groove (19440) is provided on the inner wall of the pivot space (1944) of the third connecting seat (194); the rotating part (192) is provided with a limiting protrusion (1923), and the limiting protrusion (1923) slides in the limiting groove (19440) as the rotating part (192) pivots, and when the rotating part (192) pivots from the first pivot position to the second pivot position, the limiting protrusion (1923) abuts against the side wall of the limiting groove (19440) to limit the rotating part (192) from continuing to pivot. 根据权利要求1所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,还包括:滑轨(196),所述第三连接座(194)与所述滑轨(196)连接并能够沿着所述滑轨(196)在第一滑动位置和第二滑动位置之间滑动;当所述第三连接座(194)滑动至所述第一滑动位置,所述拉杆(19)滑动至伸出位置;当所述第三连接座(194)滑动至所述第二滑动位置,所述拉杆(19)滑动至收纳位置。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 1 is characterized in that it also includes: a slide rail (196), the third connecting seat (194) is connected to the slide rail (196) and can slide along the slide rail (196) between a first sliding position and a second sliding position; when the third connecting seat (194) slides to the first sliding position, the pull rod (19) slides to the extended position; when the third connecting seat (194) slides to the second sliding position, the pull rod (19) slides to the storage position. 根据权利要求8所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,还包括:锁定装置,其设置于所述第三连接座(194)和所述滑轨(196),所述锁定装置用于将所述第三连接座(194)锁定在所述第一滑动位置和/或所述第二滑动位置。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 8 is characterized in that it also includes: a locking device, which is arranged on the third connecting seat (194) and the sliding rail (196), and the locking device is used to lock the third connecting seat (194) in the first sliding position and/or the second sliding position. 根据权利要求9所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第三连接座(194)设置有可滑动地套设于所述滑轨(196)的第一通孔(1941),所述锁定装置包括:第二通孔(1942),其设置于所述第一通孔(1941)的侧壁;第二定位孔(1961),其设置于所述滑轨(196)的对应于所述第三连接座(194)的所述第一滑动位置的部分;第二定位件(1960),其设置于所述滑轨(196)内,所述第二定位件(1960)的至少一部分在所述第二定位孔(1961)内可滑动,以缩回和突出所述第二定位孔(1961);当所述第三连接座(194)滑动至所述第一滑动位置,所述第二定位件(1960)的至少一部分突出于所述第二定位孔(1961)并且进入所述第二通孔(1942),以将所述第三连接座(194)锁定在所述第一滑动位置。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 9 is characterized in that the third connecting seat (194) is provided with a first through hole (1941) which can be slidably mounted on the slide rail (196), and the locking device includes: a second through hole (1942) which is provided on the side wall of the first through hole (1941); a second positioning hole (1961) which is provided on the portion of the slide rail (196) corresponding to the first sliding position of the third connecting seat (194); a second positioning member (1960) which Arranged in the slide rail (196), at least a portion of the second positioning member (1960) can slide in the second positioning hole (1961) to retract and protrude from the second positioning hole (1961); when the third connecting seat (194) slides to the first sliding position, at least a portion of the second positioning member (1960) protrudes from the second positioning hole (1961) and enters the second through hole (1942) to lock the third connecting seat (194) in the first sliding position. 根据权利要求9所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,所述第三连接座(194)设置有可滑动地套设于所述滑轨(196)的所述第一通孔(1941),所述锁定装置包括:第二通孔(1942),其设置于所述第一通孔(1941)的侧壁;第三定位孔(1963),其设置于所述滑轨(196)的对应于所述第三连接座(194)的所述第二滑动位置的部分;第三定位件(1962),其设置于所述滑轨(196)内,所述第三定位件(1962)的至少一部分在所述第三定位孔(1963)内可滑动,以缩回和突出所述第三定位孔(1963);当所述第三连接座(194)滑动至所述第二滑动位置,所述第三定位件(1962)的至少一部分突出于所述第三定位孔(1963)并且进入所述第二通孔(1942),以将所述第三连接座(194)锁定在所述第二滑动位置。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 9 is characterized in that the third connecting seat (194) is provided with the first through hole (1941) which can be slidably mounted on the slide rail (196), and the locking device includes: a second through hole (1942) provided on the side wall of the first through hole (1941); a third positioning hole (1963) provided on the portion of the slide rail (196) corresponding to the second sliding position of the third connecting seat (194); a third positioning member (1962), It is arranged in the slide rail (196), and at least a portion of the third positioning member (1962) can slide in the third positioning hole (1963) to retract and protrude from the third positioning hole (1963); when the third connecting seat (194) slides to the second sliding position, at least a portion of the third positioning member (1962) protrudes from the third positioning hole (1963) and enters the second through hole (1942) to lock the third connecting seat (194) in the second sliding position. 根据权利要求9所述的拉杆机构(2),其特征在于,还包括:固定部(198),所述滑轨(196)与所述固定部(198)连接,当所述转动部(192)从所述第二枢转位置枢转至所述第一枢转位置,所述拉杆(19)抵靠所述固定部(198)的前表面,以限制所述转动部(192)继续枢转。The pull rod mechanism (2) according to claim 9 is characterized in that it also includes: a fixed portion (198), the slide rail (196) is connected to the fixed portion (198), and when the rotating portion (192) pivots from the second pivot position to the first pivot position, the pull rod (19) abuts against the front surface of the fixed portion (198) to limit the rotating portion (192) from continuing to pivot. 一种推车,包括:底架(10);和根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的拉杆机构(2),所述拉杆机构(2)连接至所述底架(10)。A cart comprises: a base frame (10); and a pull rod mechanism (2) according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the pull rod mechanism (2) is connected to the base frame (10). 一种车架(1),其特征在于,包括:A vehicle frame (1), characterized by comprising: 底架(10);Base frame (10); 前脚杆(11),所述前脚杆(11)的下端可枢转地连接至所述底架(10);a front foot bar (11), the lower end of which is pivotally connected to the base frame (10); 后脚杆(12),所述后脚杆(11)的下端可枢转地连接至所述底架(10);和a rear foot bar (12), the lower end of the rear foot bar (11) being pivotally connected to the chassis (10); and 车手(14),所述车手(14)的下端可枢转地连接至所述前脚杆(11)的上端,所述后脚杆(12)的上端可枢转地连接至所述车手(14);A rider (14), wherein the lower end of the rider (14) is pivotally connected to the upper end of the front foot bar (11), and the upper end of the rear foot bar (12) is pivotally connected to the rider (14); 在车架(1)从展开状态切换至收合状态时,所述车手(14)相对于所述前脚杆(11)枢转,并带动所述前脚杆(11)和所述后脚杆(12)相对于所述底架(10)枢转,以使所述车手(14)、所述前脚杆(11)和所述后脚杆(12)朝向所述底架(10)收合。When the bicycle frame (1) switches from an unfolded state to a folded state, the rider (14) pivots relative to the front foot bar (11), and drives the front foot bar (11) and the rear foot bar (12) to pivot relative to the base frame (10), so that the rider (14), the front foot bar (11) and the rear foot bar (12) are folded toward the base frame (10). 根据权利要求14所述的车架(1),其特征在于,在所述车架(1)从展开状态切换至收合状态时,所述车手(14)和所述后脚杆(12)朝向所述车架(1)的前方枢转,所述前脚杆(11)朝向所述车架(1)的后方枢转。The frame (1) according to claim 14 is characterized in that, when the frame (1) switches from the expanded state to the folded state, the rider (14) and the rear foot bar (12) pivot toward the front of the frame (1), and the front foot bar (11) pivots toward the rear of the frame (1). 根据权利要求14所述的车架(1),其特征在于,在所述车架(1)从所述展开状态切换至所述收合状态时,所述车手(14)和所述后脚杆(12)之间的夹角逐渐减小。The frame (1) according to claim 14 is characterized in that, when the frame (1) switches from the expanded state to the folded state, the angle between the rider (14) and the rear foot rod (12) gradually decreases. 根据权利要求14所述的车架(1),其特征在于,还包括:The vehicle frame (1) according to claim 14, characterized in that it further comprises: 锁定关节(15),所述锁定关节(15)连接至所述车手(14)的所述下端和所述前脚杆(11)的所述上端,所述锁定关节(15)配置为锁定所述车手(14)和所述前脚杆(11),以阻止所述车手(14)和所述前脚杆(11)的相对枢转;和a locking joint (15) connected to the lower end of the rider (14) and the upper end of the front foot bar (11), the locking joint (15) being configured to lock the rider (14) and the front foot bar (11) to prevent relative pivoting of the rider (14) and the front foot bar (11); and 支撑架(13),所述支撑架(13)可枢转地连接至所述锁定关节(15)。A support frame (13) is pivotally connected to the locking joint (15). 根据权利要求17所述的车架(1),其特征在于,还包括:The vehicle frame (1) according to claim 17, characterized in that it further comprises: 联动杆(18),所述联动杆(18)的一端可枢转地连接至所述支撑架(13),所述联动杆(18)的另一端可枢转地连接至所述后脚杆(12),A linkage rod (18), one end of which is pivotally connected to the support frame (13), and the other end of which is pivotally connected to the rear foot rod (12). 其中,所述后脚杆(12)与所述车手(14)的枢接点位于所述车手(14)的朝向所述车架(1)内部的一侧,所述后脚杆(12)的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向(H)的投影与所述前脚杆(11)和/或所述车手(14)的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向(H)的投影不重叠。The pivot point between the rear foot bar (12) and the rider (14) is located on the side of the rider (14) facing the inside of the frame (1), and the projection of the pivot trajectory of the rear foot bar (12) along the height direction (H) does not overlap with the projection of the pivot trajectory of the front foot bar (11) and/or the rider (14) along the height direction (H). 根据权利要求18所述的车架(1),其特征在于,还包括:The vehicle frame (1) according to claim 18, characterized in that it further comprises: 当所述车架(1)从展开状态切换至收合状态时,所述联动杆(18)朝向所述车架(1)的后方枢转,所述后脚杆(12)朝向所述车架(1)的前方枢转,所述联动杆(18)和所述后脚杆(12)之间的夹角逐渐增大。When the vehicle frame (1) switches from an unfolded state to a folded state, the linkage rod (18) pivots toward the rear of the vehicle frame (1), the rear foot rod (12) pivots toward the front of the vehicle frame (1), and the angle between the linkage rod (18) and the rear foot rod (12) gradually increases. 根据权利要求14所述的车架(1),其特征在于,还包括:The vehicle frame (1) according to claim 14, characterized in that it further comprises: 支撑架(13),所述支撑架(13)可枢转地连接至所述车手(14)。A support frame (13) is pivotally connected to the rider (14). 根据权利要求20所述的车架(1),其特征在于,还包括:The vehicle frame (1) according to claim 20, characterized in that it further comprises: 联动杆(18),所述联动杆(18)的一端可枢转地连接至所述支撑架(13),所述联动杆(18)的另一端可枢转地连接至所述前脚杆(11),A linkage rod (18), one end of which is pivotally connected to the support frame (13), and the other end of which is pivotally connected to the front foot rod (11). 其中,所述后脚杆(12)与所述车手(14)的枢接点在高度方向(H)上位于所述车手(14)下侧,所述后脚杆(12)的枢转轨迹的沿着高度方向(H)的投影与所述前脚杆(11)的枢转轨迹和/或所述车手(14)的沿着高度方向(H)的投影至少部分重叠。The pivot point between the rear foot bar (12) and the rider (14) is located below the rider (14) in the height direction (H), and the projection of the pivot trajectory of the rear foot bar (12) along the height direction (H) at least partially overlaps with the pivot trajectory of the front foot bar (11) and/or the projection of the rider (14) along the height direction (H). 一种座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,包括:A seat fixing mechanism (132), characterized by comprising: 固定座(133、233);和Fixed seat (133, 233); and 卡合座(134、234),所述卡合座(134、234)可枢转地连接至所述固定座(133、233),A snap-fit seat (134, 234), wherein the snap-fit seat (134, 234) is pivotally connected to the fixing seat (133, 233), 所述卡合座(134、234)能够相对于所述固定座(133、233)在收合位置和展开位置之间运动,所述卡合座(134、234)位于所述展开位置时比位于所述收合位置时更加远离固定座(133、233)。The engaging seat (134, 234) can move between a folded position and an expanded position relative to the fixing seat (133, 233); the engaging seat (134, 234) is further away from the fixing seat (133, 233) when it is in the expanded position than when it is in the folded position. 根据权利要求22所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 22, characterized in that: 所述固定座(133)设置有连接端部(1333),所述卡合座(134)设置有第三连接槽(1342),所述接端部(1333)插入所述第三连接槽(1342),以将所述固定座(133)和所述卡合座(134)可枢转地连接。The fixing seat (133) is provided with a connecting end portion (1333), and the engaging seat (134) is provided with a third connecting groove (1342). The connecting end portion (1333) is inserted into the third connecting groove (1342) to pivotally connect the fixing seat (133) and the engaging seat (134). 根据权利要求23所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 23 is characterized in that: 所述连接端部(1333)朝向所述卡合座(134)的一端形成有至少一个第一凸部(13331)和至少一个第一凹部(13332),所述第一凸部(13331)与所述第一凹部(13332)之间设置有第一斜面(13333),At least one first convex portion (13331) and at least one first concave portion (13332) are formed on one end of the connecting end portion (1333) facing the engaging seat (134), and a first inclined surface (13333) is provided between the first convex portion (13331) and the first concave portion (13332). 所述第三连接槽(1342)的底壁形成有至少一个第二凸部(13421)和至少一个第二凹部(13422),所述第二凸部(13421)与所述第二凹部(13422)之间设置有第二斜面(13423),The bottom wall of the third connecting groove (1342) is formed with at least one second protrusion (13421) and at least one second recess (13422), and a second inclined surface (13423) is provided between the second protrusion (13421) and the second recess (13422). 当所述卡合座(134)处于所述收合位置,所述第二凸部(13421)配合在所述第一凹部(13331)中,且所述第一凸部(13331)配合在所述第二凹部(13422)中,When the engaging seat (134) is in the retracted position, the second protrusion (13421) is engaged with the first recess (13331), and the first protrusion (13331) is engaged with the second recess (13422). 当所述卡合座(134)从所述收合位置枢转至所述展开位置时,所述第一凸部(13331)从所述第二凹部(13422)中脱离,通过所述第二斜面(13423)与所述第一斜面(13333)的配合,所述第一凸部(13331)滑动至与所述第二凸部(13421)抵接的位置,所述卡合座(134)朝向远离所述固定座(133)的方向滑动。When the locking seat (134) pivots from the folded position to the unfolded position, the first protrusion (13331) disengages from the second recess (13422), and through the cooperation between the second inclined surface (13423) and the first inclined surface (13333), the first protrusion (13331) slides to a position abutting against the second protrusion (13421), and the locking seat (134) slides in a direction away from the fixed seat (133). 根据权利要求23所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 23 is characterized in that: 所述连接端部(1333)朝向所述卡合座(134)的一端形成有两个相对的第一凸部(13331)和两个相对的第一凹部(13332),两个所述第一凸部(13331)由两个所述第一凹部(13332)间隔开,相邻的所述第一凸部(13331)与所述第一凹部(13332)之间设置有第一斜面(13333),The connecting end portion (1333) is formed with two opposite first protrusions (13331) and two opposite first recesses (13332) at one end facing the engaging seat (134), the two first protrusions (13331) are separated by two first recesses (13332), and a first inclined surface (13333) is provided between adjacent first protrusions (13331) and first recesses (13332). 所述第三连接槽(1342)的底壁形成有两个相对的第二凸部(13421)和两个相对的第二凹部(13422),两个所述第二凸部(13421)由两个所述第二凹部(13422)间隔开,相邻的所述第二凸部(13421)与所述第二凹部(13422)之间设置有第二斜面(13423),The bottom wall of the third connecting groove (1342) is formed with two opposite second protrusions (13421) and two opposite second recesses (13422), the two second protrusions (13421) are separated by two second recesses (13422), and a second inclined surface (13423) is provided between adjacent second protrusions (13421) and second recesses (13422). 当所述卡合座(134)处于所述收合位置,两个第二凸部(13421)分别配合在两个所述第一凹部(13331)中,且两个所述第一凸部(13331)分别配合在两个所述第二凹部(13422)中,When the engaging seat (134) is in the folded position, the two second protrusions (13421) are respectively engaged in the two first recesses (13331), and the two first protrusions (13331) are respectively engaged in the two second recesses (13422). 当所述卡合座(134)从所述收合位置枢转至所述展开位置时,所述第一凸部(13331)从所述第二凹部(13422)中脱离,通过所述第二斜面(13423)与所述第一斜面(13333)的配合,所述第一凸部(13331)滑动至与所述第二凸部(13421)抵接的位置,所述卡合座(134)朝向远离所述固定座(133)的方向滑动。When the locking seat (134) pivots from the folded position to the unfolded position, the first protrusion (13331) disengages from the second recess (13422), and through the cooperation between the second inclined surface (13423) and the first inclined surface (13333), the first protrusion (13331) slides to a position abutting against the second protrusion (13421), and the locking seat (134) slides in a direction away from the fixed seat (133). 根据权利要求22所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 22, characterized in that: 所述卡合座(134)设置有安装通孔(1340),所述安装通孔(1340)内设置有端盖(1335)和第一弹性件(1331),所述端盖(1335)连接至所述固定座(133),所述第一弹性件(1331)的一端抵接所述安装通孔(1340)的端壁,所述第一弹性件(1331)的另一端抵接所述端盖(1335),所述第一弹性件(1331)持续向所述卡合座(134)施加压力,使得所述卡合座(134)具有朝向所述固定座(133)滑动的运动趋势。The engaging seat (134) is provided with a mounting through hole (1340), and an end cover (1335) and a first elastic member (1331) are provided in the mounting through hole (1340). The end cover (1335) is connected to the fixing seat (133), and one end of the first elastic member (1331) abuts against the end wall of the mounting through hole (1340), and the other end of the first elastic member (1331) abuts against the end cover (1335). The first elastic member (1331) continuously applies pressure to the engaging seat (134), so that the engaging seat (134) has a tendency to slide toward the fixing seat (133). 根据权利要求23所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 23 is characterized in that: 所述连接端部(1333)设置有锁孔(1332),The connecting end portion (1333) is provided with a lock hole (1332), 所述卡合座(134)包括释锁操作件(1341),The engaging seat (134) includes a release operating member (1341). 当所述卡合座(134)枢转至所述展开位置时,所述释锁操作件(1341)的至少一部分进入所述锁孔(1332),以将所述卡合座(134)锁定在所述展开位置。When the engaging seat (134) pivots to the unfolded position, at least a portion of the unlocking operating member (1341) enters the locking hole (1332) to lock the engaging seat (134) in the unfolded position. 根据权利要求22所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 22, characterized in that: 所述固定座(233)和所述卡合座(234)中的一者设置有枢转轴(235),One of the fixing seat (233) and the engaging seat (234) is provided with a pivot shaft (235). 所述固定座(233)和所述卡合座(234)中的另一者设置有安装孔(2343),The other of the fixing seat (233) and the engaging seat (234) is provided with a mounting hole (2343). 其中,所述安装孔(2343)套设在所述枢转轴(235)上,所述卡合座(234)能够围绕所述枢转轴(235)枢转,并且沿着所述枢转轴(235)的轴向滑动,The mounting hole (2343) is sleeved on the pivot shaft (235), and the engaging seat (234) can pivot around the pivot shaft (235) and slide along the axial direction of the pivot shaft (235). 当卡合座(234)枢转至所述收合位置,在高度方向上,所述卡合座(234)不突出于所述固定座(233)的上表面。When the engaging seat (234) pivots to the folded position, the engaging seat (234) does not protrude from the upper surface of the fixing seat (233) in the height direction. 根据权利要求22所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 22, characterized in that: 所述固定座(233)和所述卡合座(234)中的一者还设置有限位部(2333),One of the fixing seat (233) and the engaging seat (234) is further provided with a limiting portion (2333). 所述固定座(233)和所述卡合座(234)中的另一者还设置有限位孔(2344),The other of the fixing seat (233) and the engaging seat (234) is further provided with a limiting hole (2344). 当所述卡合座(234)枢转至所述收合状态,所述限位部(2333)卡合在所述限位孔(2344)中。When the engaging seat (234) pivots to the folded state, the limiting portion (2333) is engaged in the limiting hole (2344). 根据权利要求22所述的座椅固定机构(132),其特征在于,The seat fixing mechanism (132) according to claim 22, characterized in that: 所述固定座(233)和所述卡合座(234)中的一者还设置有弧形的连接体(2330),One of the fixing seat (233) and the engaging seat (234) is further provided with an arc-shaped connecting body (2330). 所述固定座(233)和所述卡合座(234)中的另一者还设置有槽体(2340),所述槽体(2340)的形状与所述连接体(2330)的形状相匹配,The other of the fixing seat (233) and the engaging seat (234) is further provided with a groove body (2340), the shape of which matches the shape of the connecting body (2330). 当所述卡合座(234)枢转至所述展开状态,所述连接体(2330)配合在所述槽体(2340)中。When the engaging seat (234) pivots to the expanded state, the connecting body (2330) fits into the slot body (2340).
PCT/CN2025/074393 2024-01-29 2025-01-23 Pull rod mechanism, frame assembly, seat fixing mechanism and cart Pending WO2025162190A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410122402.2 2024-01-29
CN202410122584.3 2024-01-29
CN202410132706 2024-01-29
CN202410132706.7 2024-01-29
CN202410122402 2024-01-29
CN202410122584 2024-01-29
CN202410566880.2 2024-05-08
CN202410566880 2024-05-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025162190A1 true WO2025162190A1 (en) 2025-08-07

Family

ID=96344434

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/074393 Pending WO2025162190A1 (en) 2024-01-29 2025-01-23 Pull rod mechanism, frame assembly, seat fixing mechanism and cart

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120382935A (en)
WO (1) WO2025162190A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6533310B2 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-03-18 American Recreation Products, Inc. Collapsible stroller
CN1751934A (en) * 2005-09-28 2006-03-29 好孩子儿童用品有限公司 baby cart
CN208993743U (en) * 2018-09-13 2019-06-18 黄俊敏 Novel pull rod structure and moving body comprising it
CN110626414A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-31 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Frame folding linkage mechanism and baby carriage frame thereof
CN111483503A (en) * 2019-01-29 2020-08-04 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Pivot seat mechanism and stroller including the same
CN213199878U (en) * 2020-09-24 2021-05-14 中山市金亮儿童用品有限公司 Frames and strollers for strollers
CN115195844A (en) * 2018-04-23 2022-10-18 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Rotary unlocking mechanism, seat and baby carrier with seat
CN219056343U (en) * 2022-11-03 2023-05-23 好孩子儿童用品有限公司 a stroller for children

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6533310B2 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-03-18 American Recreation Products, Inc. Collapsible stroller
CN1751934A (en) * 2005-09-28 2006-03-29 好孩子儿童用品有限公司 baby cart
CN115195844A (en) * 2018-04-23 2022-10-18 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Rotary unlocking mechanism, seat and baby carrier with seat
CN110626414A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-31 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Frame folding linkage mechanism and baby carriage frame thereof
CN208993743U (en) * 2018-09-13 2019-06-18 黄俊敏 Novel pull rod structure and moving body comprising it
CN111483503A (en) * 2019-01-29 2020-08-04 明门瑞士股份有限公司 Pivot seat mechanism and stroller including the same
CN213199878U (en) * 2020-09-24 2021-05-14 中山市金亮儿童用品有限公司 Frames and strollers for strollers
CN219056343U (en) * 2022-11-03 2023-05-23 好孩子儿童用品有限公司 a stroller for children

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120382935A (en) 2025-07-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8056921B2 (en) Collapsible stroller
US6409205B1 (en) Infant car seat stroller
US20230286566A1 (en) Multi child stroller
US8104788B2 (en) Folding stroller including a footrest
US7766367B2 (en) Adjustable handle assembly
US20070235966A1 (en) Stroller with Removable Arm Bar
US7334836B2 (en) Foldable chair
US5833261A (en) Footrest movable between two positions
US7523954B2 (en) Collapsible stroller with foot rest
EP1667887A2 (en) Modular stroller
GB2399322A (en) Foldable stroller
US20030122351A1 (en) Backrest structure for strollers
WO2025162190A1 (en) Pull rod mechanism, frame assembly, seat fixing mechanism and cart
TW202241747A (en) Vehicle frame and stroller
TWI893667B (en) Standing board and child carrier
US20250326421A1 (en) Foldable carrier, carrier frame of child carrying device, and child carrying device
US20250145204A1 (en) Child carrying device
CN222892055U (en) A child stroller frame
CN223631621U (en) Child cart
CN222727846U (en) Child safety seat
CN222959868U (en) Seat assembly and child cart
TW202535704A (en) Infant carrier
CN212172330U (en) Foldable children's shallow structure and have its children's table chair and crib
CN120922215A (en) Cart and supporting mechanism
CN119953439A (en) Child Carriers

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25736779

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1